\newcommand{\R}{\mathbb R} \newcommand{\Z}{\mathbb Z} \newcommand{\T}{\mathbb T} \newcommand{\RCD}{\mathrm{RCD}} \newcommand{\Isom}{\mathrm{Isom}} \newcommand{\Stab}{\mathrm{Stab}} \newcommand{\Tor}{\operatorname{Tor}} \newcommand{\pr}{\mathrm{pr}} \newcommand{\rank}{\operatorname{rank}} \newcommand{\diam}{\operatorname{diam}} \newcommand{\Homeo}{\mathrm{Homeo}} \newcommand{\Aff}{\mathrm{Aff}} \newcommand{\GH}{\mathrm{GH}} \newcommand{\cR}{\mathcal R} \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.08}
spectra Research

Working paper · September 2026

Maximal first Betti number drop and collapsing RCD spaces

Shaosai Huang1 and Xin Peng2

∗ Working paper. Comments welcome.

1 Kspectra Research Inc., Toronto, Canada

2 University of Science and Technology of China, Hefei, China

Abstract

Let (Xi,di,mi)(X_i,d_i,\mathfrak m_i) be compact RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces converging to a space XX of rectifiable dimension mm. Their first Betti numbers can drop by at most N−mN-m. When equality holds, the maximal abelian covers have a non-collapsed limit YY carrying a free isometric RN−m\R ^{N-m}-action. We turn this limiting symmetry into fibrations of the approximating spaces. More precisely, after passing to a subsequence, there is an open full-measure set G⊂XG\subset X, containing every regular point, on which XX is a topological orbifold and the XiX_i admit local Seifert fibrations with (N−m)(N-m)-torus fibres. Each finite local group acts on the fibre by translations. If the XiX_i have no boundary, then X∖GX\setminus G has Hausdorff codimension at least two. If YY has no bubbling and XX is a smooth closed Riemannian orbifold, the local fibrations may be chosen as restrictions of a single global Seifert fibration. An affine replacement on the smooth manifold cover shows, in addition, that a finite cover of XiX_i is homeomorphic to a product with TN−m\T ^{N-m}; here we use the classification of affine torus bundles at the Betti number equality [PWW26]. When the base is a closed Riemannian manifold, the maps are torus bundles, confirming [ZZ26, Conj. 2.9] for possibly singular RCD\RCD total spaces. The new ingredients are a pointwise linearization of the collapsing action at regular orbits, an invariant harmonic transverse coordinate compatible with finite isotropy, and an exactly equivariant orbit coordinate built from an elementary rounding-and-doubling argument in the collapsing deck group.

Contents
  1. 1.Introduction
  2. 2.Background and reusable tools
  3. 3.The non-collapsed limit of the abelian covers
  4. 4.Pointwise linearization and translational limit symmetry
  5. 5.The transverse coordinate and the orbifold structure
  6. 6.Exact fibre groups and local submersions
  7. 7.The orbit coordinate and local Seifert fibrations
  8. 8.Globalization over smooth orbifolds
  9. 9.Manifold limits, examples, and the singular set
  10. A.Lifting homeomorphisms of abelian orbifold quotients
  11. References
  12. Notes
  13. How to cite

1.Introduction

The interplay between the first Betti number and the topology of a closed Riemannian manifold with Ricci curvature bounded below has a rich history. The number is bounded above by the curvature and the dimension: Bochner’s theorem gives b1≤nb_1\le n when Ric≥0\mathrm {Ric}\ge 0 [Boc46], and Gromov’s short-generator argument gives the same bound under the pinching condition diam⁡(M)2RicM≥−δ(n)\diam (M)^2\,\mathrm {Ric}_M\ge -\delta (n) [Gro81]. Attaining the bound brings rigidity. Equality in Bochner’s theorem forces a flat torus [Boc46], and Gromov’s conjecture that b1=nb_1=n under the pinching condition forces a manifold diffeomorphic to Tn\T ^n was proved by Colding [Col97] up to homeomorphism and by Cheeger–Colding [CC97, App. A] up to diffeomorphism. See [HRW20] for a survey of these themes.

For collapsing sequences the same pattern appears, with the topology of the limit subtracted. Huang and Wang proved that if closed Riemannian NN-manifolds {Xi}\{X_i\} with Ric≥−(N−1)\mathrm {Ric}\ge -(N-1) converge in the Gromov–Hausdorff sense to a closed mm-manifold XX of bounded geometry, m<Nm<N, then

(1)b1(Xi)−b1(X) ≤ N−mfor large i,\begin{equation}\label {eq:b1ineq} b_1(X_i)-b_1(X)\ \le \ N-m\qquad \text {for large }i, \end{equation}

and that at equality the XiX_i are torus bundles over XX [HW26, Thm. 1.1], an analogue under lower Ricci bounds of Fukaya’s fibration theorem for bounded sectional curvature [Fuk87]. The bundles arising this way are themselves rigid: Peng–Wang–Wang showed that at the same Betti number equality a smooth torus bundle with affine structure group over a closed manifold is principal, and that finite covers of base and total space turn it into a product [PWW26, Thm. 1.1].

It is natural to ask whether the above interplay between the first Betti number and lower Ricci curvature bounds generalizes to rougher spaces. The canonical candidates are RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces: metric measure spaces with Ricci curvature bounded below by KK and dimension bounded above by NN in a synthetic sense. This class is stable under measured Gromov–Hausdorff convergence and therefore contains all Ricci limit spaces. Every RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) space (Z,d,m)(Z,d,\mathfrak m) has a rectifiable (or essential) dimension n≤Nn\le N: at m\mathfrak m-almost every point, the tangent cone is uniquely Rn\R ^n [BS20]. We call

R(Z):={z∈Z: every tangent cone of Z at z is Rn}\mathcal R(Z):=\{z\in Z:\ \text {every tangent cone of $Z$ at $z$ is $\R ^n$}\}

the regular set of ZZ, and its points regular. This set is dense and has full measure, although it need not be open.

Some of the results above already generalize to RCD\RCD spaces. Under the pinching condition diam⁡(Z)2K≥−δ(N)\diam (Z)^2\,K\ge -\delta (N), a compact RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) space ZZ has b1(Z)≤Nb_1(Z)\le N, and at equality it is bi-Hölder homeomorphic to a flat NN-torus [MMP22, ZZ26]. The collapsing bound (1) also persists: it holds whenever compact RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces {(Xi,di,mi)}\{(X_i,d_i,\mathfrak m_i)\} converge in the measured Gromov–Hausdorff sense to a space (X,d,m)(X,d,\mathfrak m) of rectifiable dimension mm. This is [SRZ23, Thm. 5]. The argument of [HHWZ26, Thm. 6.12] derives the same bound; its rank step is repaired in Remark 3.2.

This paper studies the equality case for RCD\RCD spaces. Parts (i)–(iv) below require no regularity assumption on XX and produce the limit-cover symmetry, the orbifold good set, and local Seifert fibrations. The global-fibration and virtual-product conclusions in part (v), which extend the corresponding results of [HW26, PWW26], require no bubbling and a smooth closed Riemannian orbifold base. As a special case of our main result, we confirm Conjecture 2.9 of [ZZ26] that at equality of (1) the XiX_i are torus bundles over XX whenever XX is a closed Riemannian manifold; see Corollary 9.1.

1.1. Setting and main result. Our main object is the limit of the maximal abelian covers of the XiX_i; in the equality case, these covers do not collapse. Throughout the paper we assume:

  • (Xi,di,mi)(X_i,d_i,\mathfrak m_i) are compact RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces with N≥2N\ge 2 and diam⁡Xi≤D\diam X_i\le D, converging in the measured Gromov–Hausdorff sense to (X,d,m)(X,d,\mathfrak m) of rectifiable dimension mm, and

    b1(Xi)−b1(X)=N−m=:k≥1for all i.b_1(X_i)-b_1(X)=N-m=:k\ge 1\quad \text {for all }i .

The case N<2N<2 is elementary, while k=0k=0 is the non-collapsed case; Corollary 9.1 treats both for manifold limits. Let X^i→Xi\hat X_i\to X_i be the maximal abelian covers, with deck groups Hi=H1(Xi;Z)H_i=H_1(X_i;\Z ). After passing to a subsequence, let (Y,H)(Y,H) be the equivariant pointed measured Gromov–Hausdorff limit of (X^i,Hi)(\hat X_i,H_i). We write P:Y→XP\colon Y\to X for the projection and fi:Xi→Xf_i\colon X_i\to X for the Gromov–Hausdorff approximations. By part (i) below, YY has rectifiable dimension NN. Thus R(Y)\mathcal R(Y) consists of the points at which every tangent cone is RN\R ^N. It is HH-invariant but need not be open (Remark 9.4). We say that YY has no bubbling, or that (R) holds, when R(Y)=Y\mathcal R(Y)=Y.

Finite isotropy in the limit is unavoidable, already for surfaces collapsing to an interval (Example 9.2); in the smooth setting, Ricci-flow smoothing likewise produces local infranil fibrations over controlled Riemannian orbifold bases [HW22, Thm. 1.4]. The fibrations we produce are therefore Seifert fibrations in the following sense, with the orbifold group of the base point acting on the torus fibre by translations.

Definition 1.1. Let U⊂XU\subset X be open. A Seifert Tk\T ^k-fibration over UU is a continuous map σ:E→U\sigma \colon E\to U, defined on an open subset E⊂XiE\subset X_i, such that every u∈Uu\in U has a model neighbourhood U1⊂UU_1\subset U for which σ−1(U1)→U1\sigma ^{-1}(U_1)\to U_1 is equivalent to (D×Tk)/C1→D/C1(D\times \T ^k)/C_1\to D/C_1, with uu corresponding to the centre of the ball D⊂RmD\subset \R ^m. The finite abelian local group C1C_1 acts diagonally on D×TkD\times \T ^k: linearly and faithfully on DD, and freely by translations on Tk\T ^k. Thus the product action is free and the total-space model is a manifold.

Theorem 1.2 (Main Theorem). Assume (∗)(\ast ).

(i)
(Limit cover and symmetry) For large ii, mi=ciHN\mathfrak m_i=c_i\mathcal H^N, the covers X^i\hat X_i are uniformly non-collapsed, and YY is a non-collapsed RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) space. Moreover, H≅Rk×Zb×CH\cong \R ^k\times \Z ^b\times C, where b=b1(X)b=b_1(X) and CC is finite abelian, and the identity component H0≅RkH_0\cong \R ^k acts freely on YY. Finally, X=W/ΓX=W/\Gamma, where W:=Y/H0W:=Y/H_0 and Γ:=H/H0≅Zb×C\Gamma :=H/H_0\cong \Z ^b\times C. Fix a free complement Γf≅Zb\Gamma _{\mathrm f}\cong \Z ^b to the torsion subgroup CC in Γ\Gamma. Every stabilizer Γw\Gamma _w is finite and contained in CC. For sufficiently small r=r(w)>0r=r(w)>0, a neighbourhood of the image of ww in XX is isometric to BW(w,r)/ΓwB_W(w,r)/\Gamma _w. If this image lies in R(X)\mathcal R(X), then Γw\Gamma _w is trivial.

There is an open set G⊂XG\subset X containing P(R(Y))P(\mathcal R(Y)) with the following properties.

(ii)
(Orbifold base) GG is a topological orbifold whose local groups Cx≤CC_x\le C are finite abelian and act linearly and faithfully. Cx=1C_x=1 for x∈R(X)x\in \mathcal R(X).
(iii)
(Size of the good set) G⊃R(X)G\supset \mathcal R(X); hence GG is dense and of full measure. Moreover dimH⁡X=m\dim _{\mathcal H}X=m, and if the XiX_i have no boundary in the sense of [DPG18], then dimH⁡(X∖G)≤m−2\dim _{\mathcal H}(X\setminus G)\le m-2.
(iv)
(Local Seifert fibrations) Every x∈Gx\in G has neighbourhoods Ux0⊂Ux⊂GU_x^0\subset U_x\subset G such that, for large ii, there are Seifert Tk\T ^k-fibrations σi:Ei→Ux\sigma _i\colon E_i\to U_x. The point xx has a model neighbourhood containing Ux0U_x^0, with local group CxC_x. Moreover, supEid(σi,fi)→0\sup _{E_i}d(\sigma _i,f_i)\to 0, and fi−1(L)⊂Eif_i^{-1}(L)\subset E_i for every compact L⊂UxL\subset U_x and all sufficiently large ii. Near every point with Cx=1C_x=1—in particular, near every point of R(X)\mathcal R(X)—the maps σi\sigma _i are Tk\T ^k-bundles.
(v)
(Globalization and virtual product) If (R) holds, then G=XG=X. If, in addition, XX is a smooth closed Riemannian orbifold, the local Seifert fibrations in part (iv) may be taken to be the restrictions of a single Seifert Tk\T ^k-fibration Xi→XX_i\to X that is an o(1)o(1)-GH approximation, with the local group at xx conjugate to the Riemannian orbifold group Γx\Gamma _x. For the complement fixed in part (i), set W′:=W/ΓfW':=W/\Gamma _{\mathrm f} and let Xi′→XiX_i'\to X_i be the associated finite CC-covers supplied by Corollary 6.5; under these hypotheses, W′W' is a smooth closed Riemannian manifold and W′→X=W′/CW'\to X=W'/C is a Riemannian orbifold covering. The spaces Xi′X_i' also admit, possibly through a different projection, affine Tk\T ^k-bundles Xi′→W′X_i'\to W' that are o(1)o(1)-GH approximations. Consequently, for large ii there are finite covers X~i→Xi\widetilde X_i\to X_i and W~i→W′\widetilde W_i\to W' such that
X~i≅W~i×Tk\widetilde X_i\cong \widetilde W_i\times \T ^k
homeomorphically. If XX is a closed Riemannian manifold, then (R) holds and every CxC_x is trivial; the global fibration is a Tk\T ^k-bundle, and in the affine and product conclusions one may work directly over Xi→XX_i\to X.

Part (i) is proved in §3, parts (ii) and (iii) in §5.3, part (iv) in §7.5, and part (v) in §8. All limit-dependent objects—including Y,H,Γ,C,W,W′,G,ΠiY,H,\Gamma ,C,W,W',G,\Pi _i, and Xi′X_i'—and every “for large ii” in the construction refer to the chosen subsequence. The covers W′W' and Xi′X_i' also depend on the chosen complement Γf\Gamma _{\mathrm f}. Conclusions involving only XiX_i and XX pass to the full sequence by the usual sub-subsequence argument.

Both qualifications in the theorem are genuine. Orbifold points can support exceptional fibres, as in the Klein-bottle collapse of Example 9.2, while bubbling can make GG strictly smaller than XX (Remark 9.4).

1.2. Contribution and proof spine. We first say what is imported and what each import supplies, then what is new, and then how the four stages fit together. Known inputs. The following results are used as black boxes. The bound (1) for RCD\RCD spaces and the rank inequality that keeps the maximal abelian covers from collapsing come from [SRZ23, Thm. 5] and [HHWZ26, Thm. 1.9]; Remark 3.2 records a gap in the posted proof of the latter and repairs it. Equivariant regularization over a smooth Riemannian target [HHWZ26, Thm. 1.11] supplies the global CC-equivariant map used in part (v); this paper proves that it is a Seifert fibration. The affine infranil fibration theorem under local bounded covering geometry [Wan24a, Thm. B] supplies the separate second projection; the Betti equality is used here to show that its fibre is a torus. Finally, part (v) imports the classification of [PWW26, Thm. 1.1] quoted above, in which the covers are normal, of the same index, and have abelian deck groups, together with [PWW26, App. A], which matches topological principal torus bundles over a closed smooth manifold with smooth ones. These two inputs need an affine torus bundle over a closed smooth manifold, with the Betti number equality between total space and base; that is exactly what §8 has to produce.

New mechanism. For a singular limit, none of the results above simultaneously provides a slice for the non-compact residual action and a fibration compatible with finite isotropy. The central theme of this paper is to convert an asymptotic symmetry on the limit cover into exact product coordinates on the approximating spaces. We construct two complementary coordinates. The transverse coordinate is an H0H_0-invariant harmonic map, equivariant under finite isotropy, whose local level sets are exactly the H0H_0-orbits. The orbit coordinate is exactly equivariant under the discrete collapsing group. Together they form

Zi=(Ui,Φ^i):T~i⟶Rk×Rm\mathcal Z_i=(U_i,\widehat \Phi _i) \colon \widetilde T_i\longrightarrow \R ^k\times \R ^m

the local product chart from which we read off the Seifert fibration.

Proof spine. The argument has four stages.

1.
Symmetry from equality (§3). Equality produces a non-collapsed limit YY of the maximal abelian covers and a free action H0≅RkH_0\cong \R ^k; a rank-and-homogeneity argument at a regular-point blow-up supplies the dimension chain.
2.
The transverse coordinate (§§4–5). Harmonic cocycles u∘φv−uu\circ \varphi _v-u, a Cheng–Yau estimate, and a dyadic pointwise linearization produce the infinitesimal orbit map; the transformation theorem normalizes it at the metric scale. Harmonic replacement on a fine lattice quotient, followed by averaging, produces the invariant slice and the orbifold charts on GG.
3.
The orbit coordinate (§§6–7). Equivariant transverse maps first yield local bundles. Compatible quotient maps Πi:Hi→Γ\Pi _i\colon H_i\to \Gamma split the deck groups. Coordinatewise rounding and a doubling estimate realize ker⁡Πi\ker \Pi _i, modulo torsion, as a lattice in Rk\R ^k without passing to a further subsequence; a partition-of-unity construction then produces UiU_i with exact deck equivariance. Pairing the two coordinates gives the local Seifert chart, which also shows that ker⁡Πi≅Zk\ker \Pi _i\cong \Z ^k.
4.
Globalization (§8). Under no bubbling the charts cover XX. For a smooth orbifold limit, unfolding makes W′W' a smooth manifold. The local charts identify the fibres of the equivariantly regularized map and yield the Betti equality on the cover. Bounded covering geometry supplies a separate affine infranil bundle; the equality forces a torus fibre, and affine reduction gives the finite product cover.

Section 2 fixes notation and records the analytic packages used throughout; a reader familiar with splitting maps may begin at §3 and return to §2.3 whenever a package is invoked.

2.Background and reusable tools

This section fixes notation and collects the facts about RCD\RCD spaces, isometric actions, and equivariant convergence that are used repeatedly, together with the local analytic packages on which the later constructions rest.

2.1. Setup. We assume (∗)(\ast ) throughout. In particular, N=m+kN=m+k is an integer. The maximal abelian cover X^i→Xi\hat X_i\to X_i exists because XiX_i is semi-locally simply connected [Wan24b]. We equip X^i\hat X_i with the lifted measure, normalized to give mass 11 to the unit ball about a base point p^i\hat p_i. After passing to a subsequence, (X^i,p^i,Hi)→(Y,p^,H)(\hat X_i,\hat p_i,H_i)\to (Y,\hat p,H) in the equivariant pointed measured Gromov–Hausdorff (pmGH) sense. The notation dim⁡Y\dim Y always refers to the rectifiable dimension associated with the limit measure. The objects to keep apart. The argument moves between the covers, the limit, and the approximating spaces. The following names are fixed once and for all.

  • Upstairs: the maximal abelian covers X^i→Xi\hat X_i\to X_i with deck groups HiH_i, and their equivariant limit (Y,H)(Y,H), which does not collapse.
  • Limit quotients: the identity component H0≅RkH_0\cong \R ^k of HH; the transverse quotient W=Y/H0W=Y/H_0; the intermediate quotient W′=W/ΓfW'=W/\Gamma _{\mathrm f}; and X=W′/CX=W'/C with CC finite abelian.
  • Downstairs: the rank-kk fibre groups Hi′≤HiH_i'\le H_i, the finite covers Xi′=X^i/KiX_i'=\hat X_i/K_i on which CC acts freely, and the subgroups Λi≤Hi\Lambda _i\le H_i stabilizing a small tube over a point of XX (§6).
  • Coordinates: the H0H_0-invariant harmonic transverse map ψ^\hat \psi and its approximants Φi\Phi _i (§§5 and 7.1), the exactly Λi\Lambda _i-equivariant orbit map UiU_i, and the product chart Zi=(Ui,Φ^i)\mathcal Z_i=(U_i,\hat \Phi _i) (§7.4).
  • The good set: the open, full-measure set G⊂XG\subset X over which the local Seifert fibrations are constructed (§5.3).

The covers and their limits fit into

X^i⟶Xi′=X^i/Ki⟶Xi=Xi′/C↓↓↓Y⟶W′=Y/K⟶X=W′/C\begin {array}{ccccc} \hat X_i & \longrightarrow & X_i'=\hat X_i/K_i & \longrightarrow & X_i=X_i'/C\\[4pt] \downarrow & & \downarrow & & \downarrow \\[4pt] Y & \longrightarrow & W'=Y/K & \longrightarrow & X=W'/C \end {array}

where the horizontal arrows are quotient maps, the vertical ones denote equivariant measured Gromov–Hausdorff convergence as i→∞i\to \infty, and the transverse quotient W=Y/H0W=Y/H_0 sits between YY and W′=W/ΓfW'=W/\Gamma _{\mathrm f}. The groups KiK_i and KK, and the covers Xi′X_i', are constructed in §6.

Conventions. The symbol Ψ(ϵ1,…,ϵl|c1,…,cj)\Psi (\epsilon _1,\dots ,\epsilon _l\,|\,c_1,\dots ,c_j) denotes a non-negative function tending to 00 with ϵ1,…,ϵl\epsilon _1,\dots ,\epsilon _l, while c1,…,cjc_1,\dots ,c_j remain fixed. Its value may change from line to line, and arguments are suppressed when clear. Unless stated otherwise, scalar occurrences of C,c>0C,c>0 denote constants depending only on NN; when used as a group, CC always denotes the finite factor in Theorem 1.2(i). An ϵ\epsilon-GH approximation has distortion at most ϵ\epsilon and ϵ\epsilon-dense image. A ball B(z,s)B(z,s) is ϵs\epsilon s-close to Bn(s)B^n(s) when (B(z,s),s−1d)(B(z,s),s^{-1}d) is ϵ\epsilon-GH close to Bn(1)B^n(1); measured closeness also compares the measures after normalizing both balls to mass 11. A point is nn-regular if all its tangent cones are Rn\R ^n. Following [HHWZ26, Def. 2.4], rescaled to radius rr, a map u:B(x,r)→Rju\colon B(x,r)\to \R ^j in the domain of the local Laplacian is a (j,δ)(j,\delta )-splitting map if

Lip⁡u≤C(N),|Δu|≤δ/r,−∫B(x,r)|⟨∇ua,∇ub⟩−δab|≤δ(1≤a,b≤j).\operatorname {Lip}u\le C(N),\qquad |\Delta u|\le \delta /r,\qquad \fint _{B(x,r)}|\langle \nabla u_a,\nabla u_b\rangle -\delta _{ab}|\le \delta \quad (1\le a,b\le j).

We omit jj when it is clear. We call uu harmonic when Δu=0\Delta u=0. Our order of the parameters jj and δ\delta is the reverse of that in [HHWZ26].

2.2. RCD spaces. We use the following facts about an RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) space (Z,d,m)(Z,d,\mathfrak m) with N∈(1,∞)N\in (1,\infty ).

(P1)
Rectifiable dimension. We write dim⁡Z\dim Z for the rectifiable dimension nn of ZZ (see the Introduction), which exists by [BS20]. If n=Nn=N, then N∈NN\in \mathbb N and m=cHN\mathfrak m=c\,\mathcal H^N [BGHZ23]. Under pmGH convergence, dim\dim is lower semicontinuous [Kit19, Thm. 1.5].
(P2)
Rescaling and non-collapsed spaces. For λ,c>0\lambda ,c>0, (Z,λd,cm)(Z,\lambda d,c\,\mathfrak m) is RCD(λ−2K,N)\RCD (\lambda ^{-2}K,N), because Ricci curvature scales as the inverse square of distance. The RCD\RCD condition is stable under pmGH convergence [GMS15], and being RCD(−ε,N)\RCD (-\varepsilon ,N) for every ε>0\varepsilon >0 implies RCD(0,N)\RCD (0,N). Consequently, pmGH limits of normalized rescalings (Z,sj−1d,zj)(Z,s_j^{-1}d,z_j) with sj→0s_j\to 0 are RCD(0,N)\RCD (0,N) spaces, since the lower bounds sj2Ks_j^2K tend to 00. In particular, every tangent cone is RCD(0,N)\RCD (0,N). An RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) space of the form (Z,d,HN)(Z,d,\mathcal H^N) is called non-collapsed [DPG18]. Its tangent cones are metric cones with measure HN\mathcal H^N, and HN\mathcal H^N is continuous under GH convergence within this class (volume convergence).
(P3)
Isometries and covers. Isom(Z)\Isom (Z) is a Lie group [Sos18, GSR19]. ZZ is semi-locally simply connected, in the local form: for every zz and R>0R>0 there is r>0r>0 such that every loop in Br(z)B_r(z) is contractible in BR(z)B_R(z) [Wan24b]. So every open ball has a universal cover. Covering spaces of ZZ, and quotients of ZZ by free, properly discontinuous groups of measure-preserving isometries, are RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N), with the lifted or quotient measure. Indeed, the projection is a local isomorphism of metric measure spaces; RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces are non-branching [Den25], so the curvature-dimension condition globalizes [CM21, Li24].
(P4)
No small subgroups [ZZ26, Cor. 3.10]. Let (Xi,di,mi,pi)(X_i,d_i,\mathfrak m_i,p_i) be pointed RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces converging in the pmGH sense to a space of rectifiable dimension NN. Then every sequence of subgroups Wi≤Isom(Xi)W_i\le \Isom (X_i) with supg∈Wi,x∈BR(pi)d(gx,x)→0\sup _{g\in W_i,\,x\in B_R(p_i)}d(gx,x)\to 0 for every RR is eventually trivial.

Lemma 2.1 (Proper actions). Let ZZ be a proper metric space and G≤Isom(Z)G\le \Isom (Z) a closed subgroup.

(a)
The action is proper: {g:gL∩L≠∅}\{g:gL\cap L\ne \emptyset \} is compact for every compact L⊂ZL\subset Z. Stabilizers are compact, orbit maps g↦gzg\mapsto gz are proper and closed, and orbits are closed.
(b)
dZ/G(Gx,Gy):=infg∈Gd(x,gy)d_{Z/G}(Gx,Gy):=\inf _{g\in G}d(x,gy) is a metric on Z/GZ/G inducing the quotient topology, the infimum is attained, Z/GZ/G is proper, and the projection π\pi is 11-Lipschitz with π(B¯(x,r))=B¯(πx,r)\pi (\bar B(x,r))=\bar B(\pi x,r). If ZZ is geodesic, so is Z/GZ/G.
(c)
If G′⊲GG'\lhd G is closed, then G/G′G/G' acts on Z/G′Z/G' by isometries, continuously and properly; if G/G′G/G' is discrete, the action is properly discontinuous.

These are standard consequences of the Arzelà–Ascoli theorem.

Metric closeness to Rm\R ^m on a sufficiently large ball forces measured closeness on smaller balls. By contrast, closeness on only one fixed ball is insufficient: (x1+100)N−mLm(x_1+100)^{N-m}\mathcal L^m is an RCD(0,N)\RCD (0,N) measure on Bm(40)B^m(40).

Lemma 2.2 (Measured closeness). For every ψ>0\psi >0 and R≥1R\ge 1 there is δ=δ(ψ,R,N)>0\delta =\delta (\psi ,R,N)>0 with the following property. Let (Z,d,m,z)(Z,d,\mathfrak m,z) be a pointed RCD(−δ,N)\RCD (-\delta ,N) space such that B(z,1/δ)B(z,1/\delta ) is δ\delta-GH close to Bm(1/δ)B^m(1/\delta ). Then (Z,d,m/m(B(z,1)),z)(Z,d,\mathfrak m/\mathfrak m(B(z,1)),z) is ψ\psi-close to (Rm,|⋅|,ωm−1Lm,0)(\R ^m,|\cdot |,\omega _m^{-1}\mathcal L^m,0) on balls of radius RR, in the pointed measured GH sense.

Proof.Suppose not. Then there are counterexamples (Zj,dj,mj,zj)(Z_j,d_j,\mathfrak m_j,z_j) with δj→0\delta _j\to 0 and normalized measures. Bishop–Gromov makes the sequence uniformly doubling on bounded sets, so a subsequence converges in the pmGH sense [GMS15] to a space (Z,d,m,z)(Z,d,\mathfrak m,z). By (P2), this limit is RCD(0,N)\RCD (0,N), while its pointed metric space is (Rm,|⋅|,0)(\R ^m,|\cdot |,0). Applying the splitting theorem [Gig26] in mm independent directions gives m=cLm\mathfrak m=c\,\mathcal L^m. The normalization forces c=ωm−1c=\omega _m^{-1}, contradicting the choice of the sequence. ∎

2.3. Reusable local analytic tools. Several local analytic mechanisms recur throughout the proof. We record them here so that later arguments can focus on equivariance and topology rather than repeat the same estimates. Throughout this subsection, the displayed numerical radii may be replaced by any fixed nested radii; the constants and final inner radius then change only with that choice.

Volume to Reifenberg. Suppose a non-collapsed RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) ball satisfies |K|R2=o(1)|K|R^2=o(1) and has Bishop–Gromov ratio 1−o(1)1-o(1) at radius RR. Monotonicity propagates this lower bound to every smaller radius. Volume almost rigidity [DPG18, Thm. 1.6], followed by volume convergence, then shows that the concentric balls of radius at most R/2R/2 are measured-GH close to Euclidean balls. If the same control holds at every centre and scale in a region, the metric Reifenberg theorem [CC97, Thm. A.1.1] supplies the local topological-manifold structure, while canonical Reifenberg [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.10] gives the bi-Hölder estimates for the canonical coordinate maps. We refer to this chain of implications as the volume–Reifenberg package. In later applications, the only nonstandard step is to obtain the volume-ratio bound uniformly over the required family of centres.

The next lemma combines harmonic replacement with the comparison estimate used after averaging.

Lemma 2.3 (Harmonic replacement and comparison). Let (Z,d,m)(Z,d,\mathfrak m) be RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N), and let q∈Zq\in Z and r>0r>0 satisfy |K|r2≤1|K|r^2\le 1. Assume that

Z∖B(q,11r)≠∅.Z\setminus B(q,11r)\ne \varnothing .
Let
B(q,8r)⊂Ω⊂B(q,9r)B(q,8r)\subset \Omega \subset B(q,9r)
be open. Suppose v:Ω→Rjv\colon \Omega \to \R ^j satisfies
Lip⁡v≤L,|Δv|≤δ/r,\operatorname {Lip}v\le L,\qquad |\Delta v|\le \delta /r,
and let hh be its harmonic replacement on Ω\Omega, characterized by h−v∈W01,2(Ω;Rj)h-v\in W^{1,2}_0(\Omega ;\R ^j). Then
‖h−v‖L∞(Ω)≤Cδr,−∫B(q,3r)|∇(h−v)|2≤Cδ2,Lip⁡h≤Con B(q,6r),\|h-v\|_{L^\infty (\Omega )}\le C\delta r,\qquad \fint _{B(q,3r)}|\nabla (h-v)|^2\le C\delta ^2,\qquad \operatorname {Lip}h\le C \quad \hbox {on }B(q,6r),
where C=C(N,L,j)C=C(N,L,j). Thus harmonic replacement preserves a splitting estimate on a smaller concentric ball, at the cost of replacing δ\delta by CδC\delta. If a compact group of measure-preserving isometries preserves Ω\Omega and vv is equivariant for an orthogonal target action, then hh remains equivariant.

More generally, if v1,v2:B(q,9r)→Rjv_1,v_2\colon B(q,9r)\to \R ^j have Lipschitz constants at most LL, Laplacians bounded by δ/r\delta /r, and |v1−v2|≤δr|v_1-v_2|\le \delta r, then

−∫B(q,5r)|∇(v1−v2)|2≤Cδ2.\fint _{B(q,5r)}|\nabla (v_1-v_2)|^2\le C\delta ^2.

Proof.The hypothesis Z∖B(q,11r)≠∅Z\setminus B(q,11r)\ne \varnothing is the one in [AH18, (4.11)], which makes the zero-boundary Dirichlet form on B(q,10r)B(q,10r) coercive. Thus [AH18, Lem. 4.7] gives a unique ω∈W01,2(B(q,10r))\omega \in W^{1,2}_0(B(q,10r)) solving Δω=−1\Delta \omega =-1, and testing with ω−:=max{−ω,0}\omega _-:=\max \{-\omega ,0\} gives ω≥0\omega \ge 0. For the upper bound, rescale so that r=1r=1 and m(B(q,10))=1\mathfrak m(B(q,10))=1; the equation is preserved, with ω/r2\omega /r^2 in place of ω\omega. Since ZZ is geodesic, there is zz with d(q,z)=11d(q,z)=11, and B(z,1)⊂B(q,20)∖B(q,10)B(z,1)\subset B(q,20)\setminus B(q,10) has measure at least c(N)c(N) by doubling. RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces are doubling and support a (1,2)(1,2)-Poincaré inequality [Raj12], so the Sobolev–Poincaré inequality [HK00, Thm. 5.1] on B(q,20)B(q,20) gives ‖f‖L2∗≤C(N)‖∇f‖L2\|f\|_{L^{2^*}}\le C(N)\|\nabla f\|_{L^2} for every f∈W01,2(B(q,10))f\in W^{1,2}_0(B(q,10)), extended by zero, where 2∗:=2N/(N−2)2^*:=2N/(N-2) if N>2N>2 and 2∗2^* is any exponent larger than 22 otherwise; the mean of ff over B(q,20)B(q,20) is controlled by ‖f−fB(q,20)‖L1\|f-f_{B(q,20)}\|_{L^1} because ff vanishes on B(z,1)B(z,1). Put Ak:={ω>k}A_k:=\{\omega >k\}. Testing with (ω−k)+(\omega -k)_+ gives ∫|∇(ω−k)+|2=∫(ω−k)+≤m(Ak)1−1/2∗‖(ω−k)+‖L2∗\int |\nabla (\omega -k)_+|^2=\int (\omega -k)_+\le \mathfrak m(A_k)^{1-1/2^*}\|(\omega -k)_+\|_{L^{2^*}}, hence ‖(ω−k)+‖L2∗≤Cm(Ak)1−1/2∗\|(\omega -k)_+\|_{L^{2^*}}\le C\,\mathfrak m(A_k)^{1-1/2^*}, and for h>k≥0h>k\ge 0

m(Ah)≤(Ch−k)2∗m(Ak)2∗−1.\mathfrak m(A_h)\le \Bigl (\frac {C}{h-k}\Bigr )^{2^*}\mathfrak m(A_k)^{2^*-1}.
As 2∗>22^*>2, Stampacchia’s lemma [KS00, Lemma B.1] gives m(AC(N))=0\mathfrak m(A_{C(N)})=0. Undoing the rescaling, 0≤ω≤C(N)r20\le \omega \le C(N)r^2. Now Δ(±(h−v)−(δ/r)ω)≥0\Delta (\pm (h-v)-(\delta /r)\omega )\ge 0, and testing the positive parts gives |h−v|≤(δ/r)ω|h-v|\le (\delta /r)\omega, hence the L∞L^\infty estimate. Testing Δ(h−v)=−Δv\Delta (h-v)=-\Delta v against h−vh-v and using doubling gives the energy estimate. Jiang’s gradient estimate [Jia14, Thm. 1.1], applied to h−v(z)h-v(z) on balls B(z,2r)⊂ΩB(z,2r)\subset \Omega, gives the Lipschitz bound. The exterior ball also makes the Dirichlet problem on Ω\Omega coercive, so uniqueness gives equivariance. Finally, [Jia14, Lem. 3.3], applied to v1−v2v_1-v_2 with a cutoff in B(q,9r)B(q,9r), gives the comparison estimate without the non-exhaustion hypothesis. ∎

The first consequence makes approximate equivariance exact without losing the splitting estimates.

Corollary 2.4 (Equivariantization by averaging). Let a compact group G\mathsf G act by measure-preserving isometries on an RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) space (Z,d,m)(Z,d,\mathfrak m), let q∈Zq\in Z and r>0r>0 satisfy |K|r2≤1|K|r^2\le 1, and let ρ:G→O(j)\rho \colon \mathsf G\to O(j). Let uu satisfy the Lipschitz and Laplacian bounds of Lemma 2.3 on a G\mathsf G-invariant open set containing B(q,9r)B(q,9r). Assume that uu is (j,δ)(j,\delta )-splitting on B(q,5r)B(q,5r) and

supg∈G‖ρ(g)−1u∘g−u‖L∞(B(q,9r))≤δr.\sup _{g\in \mathsf G}\|\rho (g)^{-1}u\circ g-u\|_{L^\infty (B(q,9r))}\le \delta r.
With normalized Haar measure, put uG:=∫Gρ(g)−1u∘gdgu_{\mathsf G}:=\int _{\mathsf G}\rho (g)^{-1}u\circ g\,dg. Then uGu_{\mathsf G} is exactly ρ\rho-equivariant and (j,Cδ)(j,C\delta )-splitting on B(q,5r)B(q,5r), with the Lipschitz constant C(N,L,j)C(N,L,j) in place of C(N)C(N) in the definition, and with
Lip⁡uG≤L,|ΔuG|≤δ/r,‖uG−u‖L∞(B(q,9r))≤δr.\operatorname {Lip}u_{\mathsf G}\le L,\qquad |\Delta u_{\mathsf G}|\le \delta /r,\qquad \|u_{\mathsf G}-u\|_{L^\infty (B(q,9r))}\le \delta r.

Proof.Haar invariance gives equivariance, while Lipschitz and Laplacian bounds commute with averaging. The comparison clause of Lemma 2.3 preserves the Gram estimates. ∎

The second consequence allows prescribed coordinates to replace the corresponding coordinates of a full splitting chart.

Lemma 2.5 (Stability under coordinate replacement). Let (Z,d,m)(Z,d,\mathfrak m) be RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) with |K|r2≤1|K|r^2\le 1, and let

ξ,F:B(q,2r)⟶RN\xi ,F\colon B(q,2r)\longrightarrow \R ^N
be in the domain of the local Laplacian. Suppose
Lip⁡ξ+Lip⁡F≤L,|Δξ|+|ΔF|≤δ/r,‖F−ξ‖L∞(B(q,2r))≤δr,\operatorname {Lip}\xi +\operatorname {Lip}F\le L,\qquad |\Delta \xi |+|\Delta F|\le \delta /r,\qquad \|F-\xi \|_{L^\infty (B(q,2r))}\le \delta r,
and ξ\xi is an (N,δ)(N,\delta )-splitting map on B(q,r)B(q,r). Then
−∫B(q,r)|∇(F−ξ)|2≤Cδ2,\fint _{B(q,r)}|\nabla (F-\xi )|^2\le C\delta ^2,
and FF is an (N,Cδ)(N,C\delta )-splitting map on B(q,r)B(q,r), where C=C(N,L)C=C(N,L). This includes the case F=(ξ′,v)F=(\xi ',v), in which only a prescribed block of coordinates is replaced.

Suppose additionally that ZZ is non-collapsed, |K|r2≤δ|K|r^2\le \delta, and every ball B(a,s)B(a,s) with a∈B(q,r)a\in B(q,r) and s≤rs\le r is δs\delta s-close to BN(s)B^N(s). If δ=δ(N,L)\delta =\delta (N,L) is sufficiently small, then FF is a bi-Hölder embedding on B(q,r/2)B(q,r/2). More precisely, for x,y∈B(q,r/2)x,y\in B(q,r/2),

(1−Φ)r−Φd(x,y)1+Φ≤|F(x)−F(y)|≤(1+Φ)d(x,y),Φ=Φ(Cδ∣N,L)⟶0.(1-\Phi )r^{-\Phi }d(x,y)^{1+\Phi } \le |F(x)-F(y)|\le (1+\Phi )d(x,y), \qquad \Phi =\Phi (C\delta \mid N,L)\longrightarrow 0.
If B(q,r)B(q,r) is a topological NN-manifold, this embedding has open image.

Proof.The fixed-radii comparison clause of Lemma 2.3, applied to FF and ξ\xi, gives the energy estimate. The Gram estimate follows by Cauchy–Schwarz and the Lipschitz bounds. The last assertion is canonical Reifenberg [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.10], followed by invariance of domain. ∎

The next elementary criterion packages the open-and-closed argument that turns a full Reifenberg chart with invariant transverse coordinates into an exact local orbit slice.

Lemma 2.6 (Orbit–slice criterion). Let a group A≅RkA\cong \R ^k act freely and properly on a proper metric space ZZ. Suppose that bb is AA-invariant and that

Υ=(a,b):B(z,r)⟶Rk×Rm\Upsilon =(a,b)\colon B(z,r)\longrightarrow \R ^k\times \R ^m
is a homeomorphism onto an open image. Assume that, for x,y∈B(z,r)x,y\in B(z,r),
(1−Φ)r−Φd(x,y)1+Φ≤|Υ(x)−Υ(y)|≤(1+Φ)d(x,y),(1-\Phi )r^{-\Phi }d(x,y)^{1+\Phi } \le |\Upsilon (x)-\Upsilon (y)| \le (1+\Phi )d(x,y),
where (1+Φ)/4<(1−Φ)2−1−Φ(1+\Phi )/4<(1-\Phi )2^{-1-\Phi }. Then
b−1(b(z))∩B(z,r/4)=Az∩B(z,r/4).b^{-1}(b(z))\cap B(z,r/4)=Az\cap B(z,r/4).

Proof.Put c′:=(1−Φ)2−1−Φc':=(1-\Phi )2^{-1-\Phi }. Properness and openness of the embedding give

∂(Υ(B(z,r/2)))⊂Υ(∂B(z,r/2)).\partial \bigl (\Upsilon (B(z,r/2))\bigr ) \subset \Upsilon (\partial B(z,r/2)).
The lower estimate and radial boundary crossing therefore imply
B(Υ(z),c′r)⊂Υ(B(z,r/2)).B(\Upsilon (z),c'r)\subset \Upsilon (B(z,r/2)).
Let LL be the inverse image of Bk(a(z),c′r)×{b(z)}B^k(a(z),c'r)\times \{b(z)\}. Then L⊂B(z,r/2)L\subset B(z,r/2) and a|La|_L is a homeomorphism onto Bk(a(z),c′r)B^k(a(z),c'r), so LL is connected. If p∈B(z,r/4)p\in B(z,r/4) and b(p)=b(z)b(p)=b(z), the upper estimate gives |a(p)−a(z)|<(1+Φ)r/4<c′r|a(p)-a(z)|<(1+\Phi )r/4<c'r, hence p∈Lp\in L.

The set Az∩LAz\cap L is non-empty and closed in LL, because proper orbits are closed. It is also open: near each of its points, the map from the AA-parameter to the first coordinate aa is a continuous injection between open subsets of Rk\R ^k, so invariance of domain applies. Thus L⊂AzL\subset Az. This proves one inclusion; the other follows from the AA-invariance of bb. ∎

The following topological promotion will be used for both the local and the global transverse maps.

Lemma 2.7 (From submersions to bundles). Let MM be a topological NN-manifold without boundary, let BB be a connected topological mm-manifold without boundary, and let p:M→Bp\colon M\to B be a non-empty proper topological submersion. Then pp is surjective and is a fibre bundle whose fibre is a closed topological (N−m)(N-m)-manifold.

Proof.The image of pp is open by the local product definition of a topological submersion and closed by properness, hence equals BB. A proper topological submersion is a fibre bundle [KS77, Essay II, §1]. Its fibres are compact by properness and are topological (N−m)(N-m)-manifolds without boundary in the local product charts. ∎

2.4. Equivariant convergence. We use equivariant Gromov–Hausdorff convergence in the sense of Fukaya–Yamaguchi [FY92], written (Xi,pi,Gi)→(X,p,G)(X_i,p_i,G_i)\to (X,p,G), with ϵi\epsilon _i-approximations (fi,ϕi,ψi)(f_i,\phi _i,\psi _i) as in [HHWZ26, §2.1]. Limits of closed subgroups exist after passing to subsequences. If Gi′⊲GiG_i'\lhd G_i converge to G′G', then (Xi/Gi′,Gi/Gi′)→(X/G′,G/G′)(X_i/G_i',G_i/G_i')\to (X/G',G/G') [Wan23, Lemma 3.1], where G/G′G/G' may act non-effectively and the limit group is its image in Isom(X/G′)\Isom (X/G'). The approximations of the quotients are the ones induced by (fi,ϕi,ψi)(f_i,\phi _i,\psi _i), so that fi([z])=[fi(z)]f_i([z])=[f_i(z)] up to o(1)o(1); all approximations of quotients below, including fi:Xi→Xf_i\colon X_i\to X and fi′:Xi′→W′f_i'\colon X_i'\to W', are of this kind.

3.The non-collapsed limit of the abelian covers

Under (∗)(\ast ), every inequality used to prove (1) is an equality. We extract two consequences that drive the rest of the paper. First, the cover limit YY is non-collapsed (Proposition 3.1). Second, over regular points of XX, every blow-up of the action is translational on an Rk\R ^k-factor (Lemma 3.3). The second fact excludes a torus factor in H0H_0 and implies that the action is free.

The limit group HH is a closed abelian subgroup of the Lie group Isom(Y)\Isom (Y), and X=Y/HX=Y/H [FY92]. Because YY is connected and Y/HY/H is compact, HH is compactly generated. Thus H=Rk1×Zk2×C′H=\R ^{k_1}\times \Z ^{k_2}\times C' for some compact group C′C'.

Proposition 3.1 (Dimension chain). k1=kk_1=k, k2=b1(X)=:bk_2=b_1(X)=:b, and dim⁡Y=N\dim Y=N. Moreover mi=ciHN\mathfrak m_i=c_i\mathcal H^N for large ii, the covers X^i\hat X_i are uniformly non-collapsed, and YY is a non-collapsed RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) space.

Proof.The proof of [HHWZ26, Thm. 6.12] uses the chain

b1(X) ≥ k2 ≥ b1(Xi)−k1 ≥ b1(Xi)+m−dim⁡Y ≥ b1(Xi)+m−N.b_1(X)\ \ge \ k_2\ \ge \ b_1(X_i)-k_1\ \ge \ b_1(X_i)+m-\dim Y\ \ge \ b_1(X_i)+m-N .
The first inequality holds because Zk2\Z ^{k_2} acts freely and properly discontinuously on Y/(Rk1×C′)Y/(\R ^{k_1}\times C'), with quotient XX; hence π1(X)\pi _1(X) surjects onto Zk2\Z ^{k_2}. The second is the rank inequality k1+k2≥b1(Xi)k_1+k_2\ge b_1(X_i) [HHWZ26, Thm. 1.9]. Remark 3.2 explains a gap in its posted proof and gives a repair.

It remains to justify the third inequality, dim⁡Y≥m+k1\dim Y\ge m+k_1. Choose x∈R(X)x\in \mathcal R(X) and a lift y∈Yy\in Y, and let (sj−1Y,y,H)→(T,o,A)(s_j^{-1}Y,y,H)\to (T,o,\mathcal A) be a blow-up. The first three steps in the proof of Lemma 3.3 below give a metric-measure splitting

T=Rm×Z,T=\R ^m\times Z,
where ZZ is an RCD(0,N−m)\RCD (0,N-m) space and A\mathcal A acts trivially on the Rm\R ^m-factor and transitively on ZZ. Since A\mathcal A is abelian, a stabilizer in ZZ fixes every point of ZZ; it also fixes the Rm\R ^m-factor, and hence is trivial because A≤Isom(T)\mathcal A\le \Isom (T) acts effectively. Thus the action on ZZ is simply transitive. The orbit map is a homeomorphism by Lemma 2.1(a), and ZZ is connected, so
A≅Z≅Rp×Tq\mathcal A\cong Z\cong \R ^p\times \T ^q
for some p,q≥0p,q\ge 0.

Put d:=dim⁡Zd:=\dim Z. Choose a dd-regular point of ZZ. Transitivity makes every point dd-regular and makes the Euclidean tangent convergence uniform in the centre. The metric Reifenberg theorem [CC97, Thm. A.1.1] therefore makes ZZ locally a topological dd-manifold. Since ZZ is also homeomorphic to Rp×Tq\R ^p\times \T ^q, invariance of dimension gives

(2)d=p+q.\begin{equation}\label {eq:homogeneous-dimension} d=p+q. \end{equation}

We next compare pp with k1k_1. The closed factor Rk1≤H\R ^{k_1}\le H acts freely and properly on YY. Fix a basis e1,…,ek1e_1,\dots ,e_{k_1} and choose δj↓0\delta _j\downarrow 0 so that

dY((δjeℓ)y,y)≤sj(1≤ℓ≤k1).d_Y((\delta _je_\ell )y,y)\le s_j \qquad (1\le \ell \le k_1).
The lattice Λj:=δjZk1\Lambda _j:=\delta _j\Z ^{k_1} acts freely, properly discontinuously, and measure-preservingly on (Y,sj−1d,y)(Y,s_j^{-1}d,y) and is generated by elements moving yy by at most one. For large jj these rescaled spaces are RCD(−1,N)\RCD (-1,N). After passing to a further subsequence, let the equivariant limit of the Λj\Lambda _j be L≤AL\le \mathcal A. The group LL is closed in the abelian Lie group A\mathcal A, hence compactly generated, and the bounded-generation form of Remark 3.2 gives
rank⁡L≥k1.\rank L\ge k_1.
On the other hand, the projection Rp×Tq→Rp\R ^p\times \T ^q\to \R ^p is proper. Its restriction to LL has compact kernel and closed image, so
rank⁡L=rank⁡prRp⁡(L)≤p.\rank L=\rank \operatorname {pr}_{\R ^p}(L)\le p.
Together with (2), this gives k1≤p≤dk_1\le p\le d. The metric-measure splitting and (P1) now yield
dim⁡Y≥dim⁡T=m+d≥m+k1,\dim Y\ge \dim T=m+d\ge m+k_1,
as required.

Under (∗)(\ast ), the two ends of the chain agree. Hence equality holds at every step: dim⁡Y=N\dim Y=N, k1=kk_1=k, and k2=bk_2=b.

  • By (P1), mY=cHN\mathfrak m_Y=c\,\mathcal H^N, so YY is non-collapsed. Since dim⁡X^i=dim⁡Xi≥dim⁡Y=N\dim \hat X_i=\dim X_i\ge \dim Y=N for large ii, another application of (P1) gives mi=ciHN\mathfrak m_i=c_i\mathcal H^N.
  • The covers are uniformly non-collapsed: infi,x^HN(B1(x^))>0\inf _{i,\hat x}\mathcal H^N(B_1(\hat x))>0 for large ii. Indeed, by the volume convergence dichotomy of [DPG18], either HN(B1(p^i))→0\mathcal H^N(B_1(\hat p_i))\to 0 and dimH⁡Y≤N−1\dim _{\mathcal H}Y\le N-1, or HN(B1(p^i))→HN(B1(p^))>0\mathcal H^N(B_1(\hat p_i))\to \mathcal H^N(B_1(\hat p))>0. The first alternative contradicts dim⁡Y=N\dim Y=N. For x^∈X^i\hat x\in \hat X_i there is h∈Hih\in H_i with d(hx^,p^i)≤Dd(h\hat x,\hat p_i)\le D, and Bishop–Gromov bounds HN(B1(hx^))\mathcal H^N(B_1(h\hat x)) below by c(K,N,D)HN(B1(p^i))c(K,N,D)\,\mathcal H^N(B_1(\hat p_i)).∎

Remark 3.2 (The rank inequality). The rank inequality is a statement about equivariant limits. Let finitely generated abelian groups AiA_i of rank qq act freely, properly discontinuously, and by measure-preserving isometries on RCD(−1,N)\RCD (-1,N) spaces (Xi,pi)(X_i,p_i). Assume that, for some fixed RR, each AiA_i is generated by

Ai(R):={a∈Ai:d(api,pi)≤R},A_i(R):=\{a\in A_i:d(ap_i,p_i)\le R\},
that (Xi,pi,Ai)→(X,p,A)(X_i,p_i,A_i)\to (X,p,A), and that the limit Lie group AA is compactly generated. Then
rank⁡A≥q,rank⁡(Ra×Zb×K):=a+b\rank A\ge q, \qquad \rank (\R ^a\times \Z ^b\times K):=a+b
for compact KK. A bound diam⁡(Xi/Ai)≤D\diam (X_i/A_i)\le D implies these hypotheses, with R=3DR=3D, and therefore recovers the form used after rescaling for the action of HiH_i on X^i\hat X_i. The bounded-generation form is also the one used above for the shrinking lattices Λj\Lambda _j. The version stated in [HHWZ26, Thm. 1.9] assumes in addition that q≤Nq\le N. That assumption may fail under (∗)(\ast ) when b1(X)>mb_1(X)>m, but it is not used in the proof.

The proof of [HHWZ26, Thm. 1.9] invokes [HHWZ26, Lemma 6.1]. In the proof of that lemma, the limits of the least powers gilig_i^{l_i} having displacement at least R/2R/2 are asserted to have infinite order and unbounded powers. This proof step fails in arXiv:2605.24380v1 of 23 May 2026, the version cited here; the statement of Lemma 6.1 is nevertheless proved by the self-contained argument below. For a cocompact example satisfying the hypotheses of the rank statement, let Xi=S1×RX_i=S^1\times \R with the flat product metric, pi=(1,0)p_i=(1,0), and let Ai=⟨ai⟩≅ZA_i=\langle a_i\rangle \cong \Z act by

ai(z,t)=(e2π−1/3z,t+1/i).a_i(z,t)=(e^{2\pi \sqrt {-1}/3}z,t+1/i).
The action is free, proper and cocompact, with diam⁡(Xi/Ai)\diam (X_i/A_i) uniformly bounded. For R=3R=3, the least power with displacement at least R/2R/2 is li=1l_i=1, whereas ai→(z,t)↦(e2π−1/3z,t)a_i\to (z,t)\mapsto (e^{2\pi \sqrt {-1}/3}z,t), an element of order 33. One repairs the proof by retaining the whole cyclic group rather than a single power. The rank inequality itself remains valid, as the self-contained argument below shows by induction on qq; that argument also covers q>Nq>N. If a later version of [HHWZ26] repairs this proof step, this remark should be read as referring only to the version just specified.
  • Choose an infinite-order ai∈Ai(R)a_i\in A_i(R); such elements exist because Ai(R)A_i(R) generates AiA_i. The orbit {ainpi}\{a_i^np_i\} is unbounded and has steps at most RR. Thus its limit group Z∞≤AZ_\infty \le A has orbit points at arbitrarily large distance (take the first power reaching distance LL), so it is non-compact and rank⁡Z∞≥1\rank Z_\infty \ge 1.
  • The quotient Xi/⟨ai⟩X_i/\langle a_i\rangle is RCD(−1,N)\RCD (-1,N), and Ai/⟨ai⟩A_i/\langle a_i\rangle acts on it with rank q−1q-1 and is generated by the images of Ai(R)A_i(R). Its limit is a quotient of A/Z∞A/Z_\infty [Wan23, Lemma 3.1] and is compactly generated.
  • Rank is additive over closed subgroups of A≅Ra×Zb×KA\cong \R ^a\times \Z ^b\times K, KK compact. Indeed, rank⁡A=dimR⁡Homc(A,R)\rank A=\dim _\R \mathrm {Hom}_c(A,\R ), and restriction to a closed subgroup A′≤AA'\le A is onto: a homomorphism A′→RA'\to \R vanishes on A′∩KA'\cap K and extends linearly from the closed subgroup A′/(A′∩K)≤Ra+bA'/(A'\cap K)\le \R ^{a+b} [HR63, Thm. 9.11].
  • Induction gives rank at least q−1q-1 for the quotient limit. Since that group is a quotient of A/Z∞A/Z_\infty, we have rank⁡(A/Z∞)≥q−1\rank (A/Z_\infty )\ge q-1. Additivity then yields rank⁡A≥1+(q−1)=q\rank A\ge 1+(q-1)=q.

We now prove the second consequence of equality. Over a regular point of XX the tangent cone is Euclidean of dimension mm, which leaves the remaining kk directions no room to do anything but translate.

Lemma 3.3 (Blow-ups at regular points). Let x∈R(X)x\in \mathcal R(X), and let y∈Yy\in Y lie over xx. Then every blow-up (sj−1Y,y,H)→(T,o,A)(s_j^{-1}Y,y,H)\to (T,o,\mathcal A), sj→0s_j\to 0, has T=RNT=\R ^N, and A\mathcal A is the translation group of an Rk\R ^k-factor. In particular y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y). Moreover Cy:=StabH(y)C_y:=\Stab _H(y) is trivial.

Proof.T/AT/\mathcal A is a tangent cone of XX at xx [Wan23, Lemma 3.1], and hence is Rm\R ^m; the projection P:T→RmP\colon T\to \R ^m is a submetry. By (P2), TT is an RCD(0,N)\RCD (0,N) space. The first three steps use only these facts. Beginning with the fourth step, we also use Proposition 3.1 and (P2), which show that TT is non-collapsed and therefore a metric cone with vertex oo.

  • Lifting lines. Let γ\gamma be a line through P(o)P(o). Lift the two rays of γ\gamma horizontally from oo and concatenate. The result γ~\tilde \gamma has the length of γ\gamma on every segment, and PP is 11-Lipschitz, so γ~\tilde \gamma is a line through oo.
  • Busemann functions. With the convention bγ±(x):=limt→∞(t−d(x,γ(±t)))b^\pm _\gamma (x):=\lim _{t\to \infty }\bigl (t-d(x,\gamma (\pm t))\bigr ) of [Gig26, (2.4)], since PP is 11-Lipschitz and Pγ~=γP\tilde \gamma =\gamma, we have bγ~±≤bγ±∘Pb^\pm _{\tilde \gamma }\le b^\pm _\gamma \circ P. On Rm\R ^m, bγ++bγ−=0b^+_\gamma +b^-_\gamma =0, and on TT, bγ~++bγ~−=0b^+_{\tilde \gamma }+b^-_{\tilde \gamma }=0 [Gig26, Thm. 4.11]. Hence bγ~±=bγ±∘Pb^\pm _{\tilde \gamma }=b^\pm _\gamma \circ P, which is A\mathcal A-invariant.
  • Splitting. By the splitting theorem [Gig26], applied to mm independent directions, T=Rm×ZT=\R ^m\times Z, and A\mathcal A preserves the Busemann coordinates, so it acts trivially on Rm\R ^m. Hence A\mathcal A acts transitively on ZZ.
  • T=RNT=\R ^N. The space TT is a metric cone with vertex o=(0,z0)o=(0,z_0). Indeed, the lifted lines are unions of rays from oo, so their Busemann functions are homogeneous of degree one under the cone dilations; those dilations preserve {0}×Z\{0\}\times Z. Euclidean translations on the first factor, together with the transitive A\mathcal A-action on ZZ, act transitively on TT. Since the non-collapsed RCD(0,N)\RCD (0,N) space TT has NN-regular points almost everywhere and regularity is preserved by isometries, every point of TT is NN-regular. In particular oo is regular. But the tangent cone of TT at its cone vertex is TT itself, so T=RNT=\R ^N and Z=RkZ=\R ^k.
  • A\mathcal A. Because A\mathcal A is abelian and acts transitively on Z=RkZ=\R ^k, all stabilizers coincide. Such a common stabilizer acts trivially and is therefore trivial. The orbit map A→Rk\mathcal A\to \R ^k is consequently a proper continuous bijection, hence a homeomorphism, and the action is simply transitive. If g(z)=Agz+bgg(z)=A_gz+b_g, then d(gz,z)d(gz,z) is A\mathcal A-invariant, by commutativity, and therefore constant in zz. Thus |(Ag−I)z+bg||(A_g-I)z+b_g| is constant on Rk\R ^k, which forces Ag=IA_g=I. Hence A\mathcal A is the full translation group.

Finally, suppose that Cy≠1C_y\ne 1. Under the blow-up, the constant sequence of subgroups CyC_y converges to a subgroup of A\mathcal A fixing oo, and that subgroup is trivial. Thus CyC_y becomes small in the sense of (P4), which forces CyC_y itself to be trivial—a contradiction. ∎

An orbit over a regular point of XX is also no larger than it should be. This bound is what excludes a torus factor in H0H_0.

Lemma 3.4 (Orbit dimension). If yy lies over a regular point, then the orbit H0yH_0y has Hausdorff, hence topological, dimension ≤k\le k.

Proof.By Lemma 3.3 and a contradiction argument, for every ε\varepsilon there is r0r_0 such that r−1(Hy∩B¯r(y))r^{-1}(Hy\cap \bar B_r(y)) is ε\varepsilon-GH close to B¯1k\bar B^k_1 for all r<r0r<r_0. This gives a cover of H0y∩Br(y)H_0y\cap B_r(y) by at most C(k)ε−kC(k)\varepsilon ^{-k} balls of radius 6εr6\varepsilon r centred on H0yH_0y: take a maximal 6εr6\varepsilon r-separated subset. By homogeneity of the orbit the same holds at every orbit point, with the same r0r_0. Iterating gives upper box dimension ≤log⁡(Cε−k)/log⁡(6ε)−1→k\le \log (C\varepsilon ^{-k})/\log (6\varepsilon )^{-1}\to k. ∎

Proof of Theorem 1.2(i). Proposition 3.1 gives the first assertion. Write H0=Rk×TcH_0=\R ^k\times \T ^c, where Tc\T ^c is the identity component of C′C'. At a lift yy of a regular point, Lemma 3.3 gives StabH0(y)⊂Cy=1\Stab _{H_0}(y)\subset C_y=1. Hence H0y≅Rk×TcH_0y\cong \R ^k\times \T ^c is a (k+c)(k+c)-manifold, while Lemma 3.4 bounds its dimension by kk. Thus c=0c=0. It follows that C:=C′C:=C' is finite and H0=RkH_0=\R ^k. The action of H0H_0 is free because a stabilizer is compact, whereas Rk\R ^k has no non-trivial compact subgroup.

The quotient group Γ=H/H0≅Zb×C\Gamma =H/H_0\cong \Z ^b\times C is discrete and acts properly on W=Y/H0W=Y/H_0, with X=W/ΓX=W/\Gamma by Lemma 2.1(c). Write PW:Y→WP_W\colon Y\to W for the projection. Every stabilizer is finite and hence lies in Tor⁡(Γ)=C\Tor (\Gamma )=C; moreover, Γ[y]\Gamma _{[y]} is the isomorphic image of CyC_y. The asserted local quotient description is standard for properly discontinuous isometric actions, and Lemma 3.3 gives triviality over regular points. ∎

4.Pointwise linearization and translational limit symmetry

We next show that the free action of H0≅RkH_0\cong \R ^k is asymptotically translational near every regular orbit, that is, every orbit H0yH_0y with y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y). Such orbits may lie over non-regular points of XX, which Lemma 3.3 does not cover. Direct differentiation along the orbits is unavailable in the RCD\RCD setting. Instead, we prove that the harmonic differences u∘φv−uu\circ \varphi _v-u grow at most linearly in |v||v| (Proposition 4.3), linearize their values at one orbit point, and then use the transformation theorem to obtain linear models at every sufficiently small scale. The first-hitting argument in Lemma 4.6 ensures that the whole model kk-plane, not merely a subgroup of it, occurs in each blow-up.

We do not assume (R). The argument is local near a single orbit H0yH_0y, with y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y), where YY is almost Euclidean at every small scale (Lemma 4.1). All suprema below are taken over compact sets. Under (R), every point is regular, and the conclusions therefore hold everywhere.

Write φv\varphi _v, v∈Rk=H0v\in \R ^k=H_0, for the free action, and put Dz(v):=d(φvz,z)D_z(v):=d(\varphi _vz,z). Since HH is abelian, Dhz=DzD_{hz}=D_z for h∈Hh\in H. Moreover Dz(−v)=Dz(v)D_z(-v)=D_z(v) and Dz(v+v′)≤Dz(v)+Dz(v′)D_z(v+v')\le D_z(v)+D_z(v').

Lemma 4.1 (Tubes around regular orbits). Let y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y). There is η0=η0(N)∈(0,1/2]\eta _0=\eta _0(N)\in (0,1/2] such that, for every η∈(0,η0]\eta \in (0,\eta _0], one can choose r0=r0(y,η)∈(0,1]r_0=r_0(y,\eta )\in (0,1] satisfying |K|r02≤η|K|r_0^2\le \eta and the following properties. Every ball B(z,s)B(z,s) with d(z,H0y)≤ηr0d(z,H_0y)\le \eta r_0 and s≤r0/2s\le r_0/2 is Ψ(η|N)s\Psi (\eta |N)s-close to BN(s)B^N(s) in the measured sense, and its volume ratio is at least 1−Ψ(η|N)1-\Psi (\eta |N). Moreover, the H0H_0-invariant tube {z:d(z,H0y)<ηr0}\{z:d(z,H_0y)<\eta r_0\} is a topological NN-manifold.

Proof.Let ϑs(z):=HN(B(z,s))/VK,N(s)\vartheta _s(z):=\mathcal H^N(B(z,s))/V_{K,N}(s) be the Bishop–Gromov ratio, where VK,N(s)V_{K,N}(s) is the volume of the radius-ss ball in the model space. This ratio is non-increasing in ss. Since every tangent cone at yy is RN\R ^N, (P2) gives ϑs(y)→1\vartheta _s(y)\to 1 as s→0s\to 0. We may therefore choose r0r_0 with |K|r02≤η|K|r_0^2\le \eta and ϑr0(y)≥1−η\vartheta _{r_0}(y)\ge 1-\eta. If d(z,y)≤ηr0d(z,y)\le \eta r_0 and t∈[r0(1−η),r0]t\in [r_0(1-\eta ),r_0], then B(z,t)⊇B(y,r0(1−2η))B(z,t)\supseteq B(y,r_0(1-2\eta )) and VK,N(t)≤VK,N(r0)V_{K,N}(t)\le V_{K,N}(r_0). Bishop–Gromov now gives

ϑt(z) ≥ HN(B(y,r0(1−2η)))VK,N(r0) ≥ (1−Ψ(η))ϑr0(y) ≥ 1−Ψ(η),\vartheta _t(z)\ \ge \ \frac {\mathcal H^N(B(y,r_0(1-2\eta )))}{V_{K,N}(r_0)}\ \ge \ (1-\Psi (\eta ))\,\vartheta _{r_0}(y)\ \ge \ 1-\Psi (\eta ),
and monotonicity extends this estimate to every t≤r0t\le r_0. The volume–Reifenberg package of §2.3 then gives the asserted measured Euclidean control for s≤r0/2s\le r_0/2. Because the estimates are H0H_0-invariant, they hold throughout the orbit tube. Choosing η0(N)\eta _0(N) below the Reifenberg threshold makes every point in the interior of that tube have a Euclidean neighbourhood. ∎

For the rest of this section we fix y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y).

Lemma 4.2 (Linear lower bound). Let Q⊂YQ\subset Y be compact and t0>0t_0>0. There are c,c1>0c,c_1>0 such that for all z∈H0Qz\in H_0Q:

  • Dz(v)≥c|v|D_z(v)\ge c|v| for |v|≤t0|v|\le t_0;
  • Dz(v)≥c1D_z(v)\ge c_1 for |v|≥t0|v|\ge t_0.

In particular, Dz(v)<c1D_z(v)<c_1 implies |v|≤Dz(v)/c|v|\le D_z(v)/c.

Proof.By H0H_0-invariance, it suffices to take z∈Qz\in Q. Properness gives a uniform positive lower bound for Dz(v)D_z(v) when |v||v| is large, while freeness and compactness give one on each fixed annulus. This proves the second assertion and, in particular, gives c0>0c_0>0 such that Dz(v)≥c0D_z(v)\ge c_0 whenever t0≤|v|≤2t0t_0\le |v|\le 2t_0. If 0<|v|≤t00<|v|\le t_0, choose n=⌈t0/|v|⌉n=\lceil t_0/|v|\rceil. Then n|v|∈[t0,2t0]n|v|\in [t_0,2t_0], and subadditivity yields c0≤Dz(nv)≤nDz(v)c_0\le D_z(nv)\le nD_z(v). Thus Dz(v)≥(c0/2t0)|v|D_z(v)\ge (c_0/2t_0)|v|. ∎

A harmonic chart at yy. For each sufficiently small δ∈(0,δ(N)]\delta \in (0,\delta (N)] we make the following construction; in Lemma 4.6, δ\delta will be chosen in terms of the desired accuracy. In Lemma 4.1, choose η=η(δ)\eta =\eta (\delta ) so that Ψ(η|N)≤δ\Psi (\eta |N)\le \delta, and put r0:=r0(y,η)r_0:=r_0(y,\eta ). Next choose S>0S>0 with 200S≤ηr0200S\le \eta r_0 and |K|(100S)2≤δ|K|(100S)^2\le \delta. Every ball of radius at most 100S100S centred in B(y,100S)B(y,100S) is then measured-δ\delta-close to a Euclidean ball and lies in a topological NN-manifold. After rescaling, [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.5(1)] gives a Ψ(δ)\Psi (\delta )-splitting map u′u' on B(y,17S)B(y,17S). The free proper action of H0≅RkH_0\cong \R ^k makes YY non-compact, so the non-exhaustion hypothesis of Lemma 2.3 holds at every finite scale. Let uu be the harmonic replacement of u′u' on B(y,17S)B(y,17S). The fixed-radii form of that lemma, including its Lipschitz clause, shows that uu is a harmonic Ψ(δ)\Psi (\delta )-splitting map on B(y,16S)B(y,16S). By canonical Reifenberg [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.10], on B(y,8S)B(y,8S) we have

(1−Φ)(8S)−Φd(z,z′)1+Φ≤|u(z)−u(z′)|≤(1+Φ)d(z,z′),(1-\Phi )(8S)^{-\Phi }d(z,z')^{1+\Phi }\le |u(z)-u(z')|\le (1+\Phi )d(z,z'),

with Φ=Φ(δ)→0\Phi =\Phi (\delta )\to 0 as δ→0\delta \to 0. We always take δ\delta small enough that Φ≤0.07\Phi \le 0.07. Put Q:=B¯(y,16S)Q:=\bar B(y,16S), and let c,c1c,c_1 be as in Lemma 4.2 for QQ and some fixed t0>0t_0>0. For 0<R≤16S0<R\le 16S and ρ>0\rho >0 put

FR(ρ):=sup|v|≤ρ, z∈B(y,R)Dz(v).F_R(\rho ):=\sup _{|v|\le \rho ,\ z\in B(y,R)}D_z(v).

Since the action is continuous and QQ is compact, F16S(ρ)→0F_{16S}(\rho )\to 0 as ρ→0\rho \to 0. Fix ρ1>0\rho _1>0 with F16S(2ρ1)≤S/8F_{16S}(2\rho _1)\le S/8. For 0<R≤16S0<R\le 16S and 0<ρ≤2ρ10<\rho \le 2\rho _1 put

MR(ρ):=sup|v|≤ρ, z∈B(y,R)|u(φvz)−u(z)|;M_R(\rho ):=\sup _{|v|\le \rho ,\ z\in B(y,R)}|u(\varphi _vz)-u(z)| ;

here φvz∈B(y,17S)\varphi _vz\in B(y,17S), the domain of uu. Both FRF_R and MRM_R are non-decreasing in RR and in ρ\rho. For ρ≤ρ1\rho \le \rho _1 and R≤7SR\le 7S, the points zz and φvz\varphi _vz in these suprema lie in B(y,8S)B(y,8S), and the bi-Hölder bounds give

(3)MR(ρ)≤(1+Φ)FR(ρ),FR(ρ)≤CSΦ/(1+Φ)MR(ρ)1/(1+Φ).\begin{equation}\label {eq:FM} M_R(\rho )\le (1+\Phi )F_R(\rho ),\qquad F_R(\rho )\le CS^{\Phi /(1+\Phi )}M_R(\rho )^{1/(1+\Phi )} . \end{equation}

In particular MR(ρ)→0M_R(\rho )\to 0 as ρ→0\rho \to 0. For |v|≤2ρ1|v|\le 2\rho _1 the function hv:=u∘φv−uh_v:=u\circ \varphi _v-u is harmonic on B(y,15S)B(y,15S), since φv\varphi _v is a measure-preserving isometry mapping B(y,15S)B(y,15S) into B(y,17S)B(y,17S). By the gradient estimate of [Jia14, Thm. 1.1] (with λ=0\lambda =0; it is of Cheng–Yau type), for ϱ≤S\varrho \le S and B(z,2ϱ)⊂B(y,15S)B(z,2\varrho )\subset B(y,15S),

(4)|∇hv|≤C(N)supB(z,2ϱ)|hv|/ϱa.e. on B(z,ϱ).\begin{equation}\label {eq:CY} |\nabla h_v|\le C(N)\sup _{B(z,2\varrho )}|h_v|/\varrho \quad \text {a.e.\ on }B(z,\varrho ). \end{equation}

The harmonicity of uu is essential here. If we knew only that |Δu|≤δ/S|\Delta u|\le \delta /S, the gradient bound for hvh_v would contain an additive error independent of |v||v|, and the iteration below would fail.

Proposition 4.3 (Lipschitz modulus in the chart). There are ρ2∈(0,ρ1]\rho _2\in (0,\rho _1] and L\mathsf L, depending on δ\delta, SS, uu and the action, with M2S(ρ)≤LρM_{2S}(\rho )\le \mathsf L\rho for ρ≤ρ2\rho \le \rho _2.

Proof.Doubling with a margin. Let ρ≤ρ1\rho \le \rho _1, R≤5SR\le 5S and ϱ≤S\varrho \le S with FR+2ϱ(ρ)≤ϱF_{R+2\varrho }(\rho )\le \varrho. For z∈B(y,R)z\in B(y,R) and |v|≤ρ|v|\le \rho use the cocycle identity

u(φ2vz)−u(z)=hv(φvz)+hv(z).u(\varphi _{2v}z)-u(z)=h_v(\varphi _vz)+h_v(z) .
A geodesic from zz to φvz\varphi _vz has length Dz(v)≤ϱD_z(v)\le \varrho, so it stays in B¯(z,ϱ)\bar B(z,\varrho ). By the Sobolev-to-Lipschitz property of RCD\RCD spaces, the almost-everywhere bound from (4) gives the same Lipschitz bound for the continuous representative of hvh_v on B(z,ϱ)B(z,\varrho ). If Dz(v)=ϱD_z(v)=\varrho, apply it first to interior points of the geodesic and pass to the endpoint by continuity. Together with (3), this yields |hv(φvz)−hv(z)|≤CFR+2ϱ(ρ)FR(ρ)/ϱ|h_v(\varphi _vz)-h_v(z)|\le CF_{R+2\varrho }(\rho )F_R(\rho )/\varrho, and taking suprema,
(5)MR(2ρ) ≥ 2MR(ρ)−CFR+2ϱ(ρ)FR(ρ)/ϱ.\begin{equation}\label {eq:double} M_R(2\rho )\ \ge \ 2M_R(\rho )-CF_{R+2\varrho }(\rho )\,F_R(\rho )/\varrho . \end{equation}
The margin 2ϱ2\varrho is needed because the gradient estimate uses hvh_v on a neighbourhood of the base points. We let it shrink with the scale, so that the base balls shrink by a bounded amount in total.

Iteration. Put ρj:=ρ22−j\rho _j:=\rho _22^{-j} and ϱj:=(S/8)2−j/2\varrho _j:=(S/8)2^{-j/2}. Let R0:=4SR_0:=4S and Rj+1:=Rj−2ϱjR_{j+1}:=R_j-2\varrho _j. Then RjR_j decreases to R∞≥4S−(S/4)∑j2−j/2≥3SR_\infty \ge 4S-(S/4)\sum _j2^{-j/2}\ge 3S. Put aj:=MRj(ρj)a_j:=M_{R_j}(\rho _j), so that aj+1≤aja_{j+1}\le a_j by monotonicity. Apply (5) with R=Rj+1R=R_{j+1}, ρ=ρj+1\rho =\rho _{j+1} and ϱ=ϱj\varrho =\varrho _j, so that R+2ϱ=RjR+2\varrho =R_j. Using MRj+1(ρj)≤ajM_{R_{j+1}}(\rho _j)\le a_j and (3),

2aj+1 ≤ aj+CS2Φ/(1+Φ)ϱj−1aj2/(1+Φ) = aj(1+εj),εj:=C2j/2(aj/S)β,2a_{j+1}\ \le \ a_j+CS^{2\Phi /(1+\Phi )}\varrho _j^{-1}a_j^{2/(1+\Phi )}\ =\ a_j(1+\varepsilon _j),\qquad \varepsilon _j:=C\,2^{j/2}(a_j/S)^\beta ,
with β:=1−Φ1+Φ\beta :=\frac {1-\Phi }{1+\Phi }, provided FRj(ρj)≤ϱjF_{R_j}(\rho _j)\le \varrho _j. Since Φ\Phi is small, λ:=21/2(2/3)β<1\lambda :=2^{1/2}(2/3)^{\beta }<1 and λ′:=21/2(2/3)1/(1+Φ)<1\lambda ':=2^{1/2}(2/3)^{1/(1+\Phi )}<1. Choose ρ2≤ρ1\rho _2\le \rho _1 so small that C(a0/S)β≤14C(a_0/S)^\beta \le \frac 14 and CSΦ/(1+Φ)a01/(1+Φ)≤S/8CS^{\Phi /(1+\Phi )}a_0^{1/(1+\Phi )}\le S/8; this is possible because a0=M4S(ρ2)→0a_0=M_{4S}(\rho _2)\to 0 as ρ2→0\rho _2\to 0. We show by induction that aj≤(2/3)ja0a_j\le (2/3)^ja_0.
  • By (3), FRj(ρj)≤CSΦ/(1+Φ)((2/3)ja0)1/(1+Φ)≤(S/8)λ′j2−j/2≤ϱjF_{R_j}(\rho _j)\le CS^{\Phi /(1+\Phi )}\bigl ((2/3)^ja_0\bigr )^{1/(1+\Phi )}\le (S/8)\lambda '^j2^{-j/2}\le \varrho _j, so the doubling step applies.
  • εj≤C(a0/S)βλj≤14\varepsilon _j\le C(a_0/S)^\beta \lambda ^j\le \frac 14, so aj+1≤58aj≤23aja_{j+1}\le \frac 58a_j\le \frac 23a_j.

Hence εj≤14λj\varepsilon _j\le \frac 14\lambda ^j, and aj+1/ρj+1=2aj+1/ρj≤(aj/ρj)(1+εj)a_{j+1}/\rho _{j+1}=2a_{j+1}/\rho _j\le (a_j/\rho _j)(1+\varepsilon _j). So aj/ρj≤(a0/ρ2)exp⁡(∑lεl)=:L/2a_j/\rho _j\le (a_0/\rho _2)\exp (\sum _l\varepsilon _l)=:\mathsf L/2. For ρ∈(ρj+1,ρj]\rho \in (\rho _{j+1},\rho _j], M2S(ρ)≤aj≤Lρj/2≤LρM_{2S}(\rho )\le a_j\le \mathsf L\rho _j/2\le \mathsf L\rho, since Rj≥2SR_j\ge 2S. ∎

The value of the harmonic cocycle at one orbit point has an actual linear part. This is stronger than merely saying that its rescalings are almost additive.

Lemma 4.4 (Pointwise linearization). After decreasing ρ2\rho _2, put

a(v):=hv(y)=u(φvy)−u(y),α:=11+Φ.a(v):=h_v(y)=u(\varphi _vy)-u(y), \qquad \alpha :=\frac 1{1+\Phi }.
There exist a linear map A:Rk→RNA\colon \R ^k\to \R ^N and a constant C<∞C<\infty such that
(6)|a(v)−Av|≤C|v|1+α(|v|≤ρ2).\begin{equation}\label {eq:pointlinear} |a(v)-Av|\le C|v|^{1+\alpha }\qquad (|v|\le \rho _2). \end{equation}
Moreover, for |v|≤ρ2|v|\le \rho _2 and z∈B(y,S)z\in B(y,S),
(7)|hv(z)−hv(y)|≤C|v|d(z,y).\begin{equation}\label {eq:cocycleosc} |h_v(z)-h_v(y)|\le C|v|d(z,y). \end{equation}

Proof.Proposition 4.3 and (4), applied at the centre yy and scale SS, give |∇hv|≤C|v||\nabla h_v|\le C|v| on B(y,S)B(y,S). The Sobolev-to-Lipschitz property gives (7) for the continuous representative. On the other hand, canonical Reifenberg, Proposition 4.3, and a(w)=hw(y)a(w)=h_w(y) give

(8)Dy(w)≤C|a(w)|α≤C|w|α.\begin{equation}\label {eq:parameterholder} D_y(w)\le C|a(w)|^\alpha \le C|w|^\alpha . \end{equation}
After decreasing ρ2\rho _2, the geodesic from yy to φwy\varphi _wy lies in B(y,S)B(y,S). The cocycle identity therefore yields
(9)|a(v+w)−a(v)−a(w)|=|hv(φwy)−hv(y)|≤C|v|Dy(w)≤C|v||w|α\begin{equation}\label {eq:cocycledefect} \begin {split} |a(v+w)-a(v)-a(w)| &=|h_v(\varphi _wy)-h_v(y)|\\ &\le C|v|D_y(w)\le C|v|\,|w|^\alpha \end {split} \end{equation}
whenever v,w,v+wv,w,v+w lie in a fixed smaller parameter ball.

For such vv, set bn(v):=2na(2−nv)b_n(v):=2^na(2^{-n}v). Applying (9) with both arguments equal to 2−n−1v2^{-n-1}v gives

|bn+1(v)−bn(v)|≤C|v|1+α2−nα.|b_{n+1}(v)-b_n(v)|\le C|v|^{1+\alpha }2^{-n\alpha }.
Thus A(v):=limnbn(v)A(v):=\lim _nb_n(v) exists and satisfies (6). Applying (9) to 2−nv2^{-n}v and 2−nw2^{-n}w, and then multiplying by 2n2^n, shows that A(v+w)=A(v)+A(w)A(v+w)=A(v)+A(w). Since AA is continuous by (6), this local additive map is the restriction of a unique linear map A:Rk→RNA\colon \R ^k\to \R ^N. ∎

Comparing charts at the same scale repeatedly uses the following compactness principle.

Lemma 4.5 (Euclidean alignment). For every nn and η>0\eta >0 there is ι=ι(n,η)>0\iota =\iota (n,\eta )>0 with the following properties.

(a)
If R>0R>0 and f:Bn(0,R)→Rnf\colon B^n(0,R)\to \R ^n satisfies
||f(p)−f(q)|−|p−q||≤ιR(p,q∈Bn(0,R)),\bigl ||f(p)-f(q)|-|p-q|\bigr |\le \iota R \quad (p,q\in B^n(0,R)),
then there is a Euclidean isometry EE with |f−E|≤ηR|f-E|\le \eta R on Bn(0,R)B^n(0,R).
(b)
Let (Z,z)(Z,z) be a pointed metric space, and suppose π:BZ(z,2R)→Bn(0,2R)\pi \colon B_Z(z,2R)\to B^n(0,2R) is an ιR\iota R-GH approximation with π(z)=0\pi (z)=0. If u:BZ(z,2R)→Rnu\colon B_Z(z,2R)\to \R ^n satisfies
|u(x)−u(y)|≤d(x,y)+ιR|u(x)-u(y)|\le d(x,y)+\iota R
and u(BZ(z,2R))u(B_Z(z,2R)) is ιR\iota R-dense in Bn(0,2R)B^n(0,2R), then some Euclidean isometry EE satisfies
supBZ(z,R)|u−E∘π|≤ηR.\sup _{B_Z(z,R)}|u-E\circ \pi |\le \eta R.
In particular, uu is an O(ηR)O(\eta R)-GH approximation on BZ(z,R)B_Z(z,R).

The radii 2R2R and RR may be replaced by any fixed pair of nested radii, after changing ι\iota by a constant depending only on that pair.

Proof.After scaling, a contrary sequence in (a) converges on a countable dense set to a distance-preserving map, hence to a Euclidean isometry; a finite net upgrades the convergence to uniform convergence. For (b), take quasi-inverses to π\pi. A contrary sequence converges uniformly on compact subballs to a non-expanding surjection of a Euclidean ball onto itself. Such a map is an isometry, and part (a), followed by a finite-net argument on ZZ, gives the stated estimate. ∎

The linearization becomes useful only after it is normalized at the metric scale under consideration. Part (c) below prevents the image plane from containing formal directions that are not realized by bounded-displacement elements.

Lemma 4.6 (Linear models at one scale). For every R≥1R\ge 1 and σ∈(0,1/10)\sigma \in (0,1/10) there is rR,σ=rR,σ(y)>0r_{R,\sigma }=r_{R,\sigma }(y)>0 such that, whenever 0<r≤rR,σ0<r\le r_{R,\sigma }, there are a map

Ur:B(y,10Rr)⟶RN,Ur(y)=0,U_r\colon B(y,10Rr)\longrightarrow \R ^N,\qquad U_r(y)=0,
a kk-plane Vr≤RNV_r\le \R ^N, and a linear isomorphism Lr:Rk→VrL_r\colon \R ^k\to V_r with the following properties:
(a)
UrU_r is a σr\sigma r-GH approximation on B(y,10Rr)B(y,10Rr);
(b)
if Dy(v)≤RrD_y(v)\le Rr, then
(10)|Ur(φvz)−Ur(z)−Lrv|≤σr(z∈B(y,4Rr)),\begin{equation}\label {eq:scaletranslation} |U_r(\varphi _vz)-U_r(z)-L_rv|\le \sigma r \qquad (z\in B(y,4Rr)), \end{equation}
and |Dy(v)−|Lrv||≤2σr|D_y(v)-|L_rv||\le 2\sigma r;
(c)
if ξ∈Vr\xi \in V_r and |ξ|≤Rr|\xi |\le Rr, there is v∈Rkv\in \R ^k with Lrv=ξL_rv=\xi and
(11)Dy(v)≤r+2|ξ|.\begin{equation}\label {eq:firsthitbound} D_y(v)\le r+2|\xi |. \end{equation}

The map LrL_r has a lower singular-value bound independent of rr.

Proof.Choose ϵ′∈(0,1/4)\epsilon '\in (0,1/4) so small that every transformation and alignment error below is at most σr/10\sigma r/10 on the displayed fixed radii. Next choose δ\delta below the threshold in [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.8], with C(N)Ψ(δ)C(N)\Psi (\delta ) below that threshold, and perform the harmonic-chart construction above. The generalized Reifenberg hypothesis of that theorem follows from Lemma 4.1, exactly as in [HHWZ26, §2.3].

For sufficiently small rr, the transformation theorem applied to u−u(y)u-u(y) gives a lower-triangular matrix T80RrT_{80Rr} such that

|T80Rr|≤C(SRr)ϵ′,Ur:=T80Rr(u−u(y))|T_{80Rr}|\le C\Bigl (\frac S{Rr}\Bigr )^{\epsilon '}, \qquad U_r:=T_{80Rr}(u-u(y))
is an ϵ′\epsilon '-splitting map on B(y,80Rr)B(y,80Rr). The matrix bound is (5) of [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.6], with the outer-scale normalization |T1−I|≤CΨ(δ)|T_1-I|\le C\Psi (\delta ) supplied by (1) there. The product approximation from [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.5(2)], regularity of yy, and Lemma 4.5(b) show that UrU_r is a C(R)(Ψ(ϵ′)+or(1))rC(R)(\Psi (\epsilon ')+o_r(1))r-GH approximation on B(y,10Rr)B(y,10Rr). After the choices above and a decrease of rR,σr_{R,\sigma }, this proves part (a).

Let AA be supplied by Lemma 4.4, and put Lr:=T80RrAL_r:=T_{80Rr}A and Vr:=Lr(Rk)V_r:=L_r(\R ^k). If Dy(v)≤RrD_y(v)\le Rr, then Lemma 4.2 gives |v|≤Rr/c|v|\le Rr/c. For z∈B(y,4Rr)z\in B(y,4Rr), equations (6) and (7) give

|Ur(φvz)−Ur(z)−Lrv|≤|T80Rr|(|hv(z)−hv(y)|+|a(v)−Av|)≤CR(r2−ϵ′+r1+α−ϵ′)=o(r).\begin{align*} |U_r(\varphi _vz)-U_r(z)-L_rv| &\le |T_{80Rr}|\bigl (|h_v(z)-h_v(y)|+|a(v)-Av|\bigr )\\ &\le C_R\bigl (r^{2-\epsilon '}+r^{1+\alpha -\epsilon '}\bigr )=o(r). \end{align*}

Here ϵ′<α\epsilon '<\alpha, and φvz∈B(y,5Rr)\varphi _vz\in B(y,5Rr) because d(y,φvz)≤Dy(v)+d(y,z)d(y,\varphi _vz)\le D_y(v)+d(y,z). Decreasing rR,σr_{R,\sigma } proves (10); part (a), evaluated at yy and φvy\varphi _vy, gives the metric estimate in (b).

We next prove that LrL_r is uniformly non-degenerate. For a unit vector q∈Rkq\in \R ^k, continuity and Lemma 4.2 give a first t=t(q,r)>0t=t(q,r)>0 with Dy(tq)=rD_y(tq)=r, and t≤r/ct\le r/c. Applying (a) and (10) to tqtq gives

t|Lrq|≥(1−2σ)r≥r/2.t|L_rq|\ge (1-2\sigma )r\ge r/2.
Thus |Lrq|≥c/2|L_rq|\ge c/2, uniformly in qq and rr, so LrL_r is an isomorphism onto the kk-plane VrV_r.

Finally take ξ∈Vr\xi \in V_r, |ξ|≤Rr|\xi |\le Rr, and let v=Lr−1ξv=L_r^{-1}\xi. If Dy(v)≤rD_y(v)\le r, there is nothing to prove. Otherwise let τ∈(0,1)\tau \in (0,1) be the first time for which Dy(τv)=rD_y(\tau v)=r. The same two estimates give τ|ξ|≥(1−2σ)r≥r/2\tau |\xi |\ge (1-2\sigma )r\ge r/2. With n:=⌈1/τ⌉n:=\lceil 1/\tau \rceil, we have 1/n≤τ1/n\le \tau, and the definition of the first hitting time gives Dy(v/n)≤rD_y(v/n)\le r. Subadditivity now yields

Dy(v)≤nDy(v/n)≤nr≤r+2|ξ|,D_y(v)\le nD_y(v/n)\le nr\le r+2|\xi |,
which is (c). ∎

The scale models identify the equivariant blow-ups directly.

Proposition 4.7 (Blow-ups). Let sj→0s_j\to 0, and let Cy:=StabH(y)C_y:=\Stab _H(y).

(a)
Every limit (sj−1Y,y,H0)→(RN,0,A)(s_j^{-1}Y,y,H_0)\to (\R ^N,0,\mathcal A) has A\mathcal A equal to the translation group of a kk-plane VV. In particular every tangent cone of WW at PW(y)P_W(y) is RN/V≅Rm\R ^N/V\cong \R ^m [Wan23, Lemma 3.1].
(b)
CyC_y fixes H0yH_0y pointwise. It acts on the limit by (idV,ρy)(\mathrm {id}_V,\rho _y), with ρy:Cy→O(V⟂)\rho _y\colon C_y\to O(V^\perp ) faithful. The conjugacy class of ρy\rho _y does not depend on the blow-up (Lemma 4.8).

Proof.(a) Choose integers n(j)→∞n(j)\to \infty so slowly that sj≤rn(j),1/n(j)s_j\le r_{n(j),1/n(j)} in Lemma 4.6; we may assume n(j)≥20n(j)\ge 20. Apply that lemma with Rj:=n(j)R_j:=n(j) and σj:=1/n(j)\sigma _j:=1/n(j), and denote its output by (Uj,Vj,Lj)(U_j,V_j,L_j). After rescaling by sj−1s_j^{-1}, the maps UjU_j are σj\sigma _j-GH approximations on balls of radius 10Rj10R_j. Comparing them with the space approximations defining the given limit, using Lemma 4.5(a), and passing to a subsequence, we may use sj−1Ujs_j^{-1}U_j to identify the limit with RN\R ^N and assume that the kk-planes VjV_j converge to a kk-plane VV.

Let g∈Ag\in \mathcal A. Equivariant convergence supplies vj∈H0v_j\in H_0 converging to gg, with Dy(vj)/sjD_y(v_j)/s_j bounded. Part (b) of Lemma 4.6 shows on every fixed ball that φvj\varphi _{v_j} is o(sj)o(s_j)-close in the chart UjU_j to translation by LjvjL_jv_j. Moreover, sj−1Ljvjs_j^{-1}L_jv_j is bounded and lies in VjV_j. After passage to a subsequence it converges to some ξ∈V\xi \in V, and gg is translation by ξ\xi. Hence A\mathcal A contains no rotations and is contained in the translation group of VV.

Conversely, let ξ∈V\xi \in V and choose ξj∈Vj\xi _j\in V_j with ξj→ξ\xi _j\to \xi. Part (c) of Lemma 4.6, applied to sjξjs_j\xi _j, gives vj∈H0v_j\in H_0 such that

Ljvj=sjξj,Dy(vj)≤sj(1+2|ξj|).L_jv_j=s_j\xi _j, \qquad D_y(v_j)\le s_j(1+2|\xi _j|).
Since Rj→∞R_j\to \infty, part (b) applies for large jj and shows that φvj\varphi _{v_j} converges to translation by ξ\xi. Thus A\mathcal A is the full translation group of VV. The tangent cones of WW at PW(y)P_W(y) are the limits of (sj−1Y,y)/H0(s_j^{-1}Y,y)/H_0, so they are RN/V≅Rm\R ^N/V\cong \R ^m by [Wan23, Lemma 3.1].

(b) Since HH is abelian, every c∈Cyc\in C_y satisfies c(φvy)=φv(cy)=φvyc(\varphi _vy)=\varphi _v(cy)=\varphi _vy. We use labelled equivariant convergence, which tracks each element of CyC_y along the sequence. The limit is therefore a representation of CyC_y, rather than merely an unspecified subgroup of O(N)O(N). This limit action fixes 00 and is consequently linear. Because it commutes with every translation along VV, it fixes VV pointwise and acts orthogonally on V⟂V^\perp. As in Lemma 3.3, (P4) makes the representation faithful. Lemma 4.8 shows that it is independent of the chosen blow-up. ∎

The next lemma isolates the rigidity used in part (b). We work with the labelled pointed equivariant GH distance. Thus the approximations are ϵ\epsilon-GH approximations on radius-1/ϵ1/\epsilon balls that almost intertwine both the H0H_0-action, as in [FY92], and the action of every labelled element c∈Cyc\in C_y.

Lemma 4.8 (Isotropy representations). Let By\mathcal B_y be the set of labelled limits (RN,0,G,(Ac)c∈Cy)(\R ^N,0,G,(A_c)_{c\in C_y}) of (s−1Y,y,H0,(c)c∈Cy)(s^{-1}Y,y,H_0,(c)_{c\in C_y}) as s→0s\to 0.

(a)
Local rigidity. There is η=η(N,|Cy|)>0\eta =\eta (N,|C_y|)>0 such that, if two elements of By\mathcal B_y are η\eta-close, then their representations AA and BB of CyC_y are conjugate in O(N)O(N).
(b)
Connectedness. By\mathcal B_y is compact and connected.

Hence the conjugacy class of AA is constant on By\mathcal B_y. Since A=idV⊕ρyA=\mathrm {id}_V\oplus \rho _y with dim⁡V=k\dim V=k, and the characters satisfy χA=k+χρy\chi _A=k+\chi _{\rho _y}, the class of ρy\rho _y is constant as well.

Proof.(a) A labelled η\eta-approximation is, by Lemma 4.5(a) applied on B(0,1)B(0,1), Ψ(η|N)\Psi (\eta |N)-close there to a linear isometry EE, and labelled equivariance gives |EAcE−1−Bc|≤Ψ(η|N)|EA_cE^{-1}-B_c|\le \Psi (\eta |N). For a finite group, irreducible multiplicities are integer-valued continuous functions of the character. Thus sufficiently close representations have equal real characters and are linearly equivalent. Since both representations are orthogonal, the polar part of an intertwining operator is an orthogonal intertwiner; hence they are conjugate in O(N)O(N).

(b) Equivariant precompactness [FY92] makes the labelled rescalings precompact, while the identity map compares nearby scales continuously. Hence By\mathcal B_y is a decreasing intersection of compact connected closures of scale intervals. It is therefore compact and connected.

By (a), the conjugacy class of AA is locally constant on By\mathcal B_y. By (b) it is constant. ∎

The scale rϵ(y)r_\epsilon (y). Proposition 4.7 and a contradiction argument now give uniform control at all sufficiently small scales. This fixes the scale function used throughout the rest of the paper: for every y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y) and ϵ>0\epsilon >0 there is rϵ(y)>0r_\epsilon (y)>0 such that, whenever r≤rϵ(y)r\le r_\epsilon (y), the rescaled action (r−1Y,y;H0,Cy)(r^{-1}Y,y;H_0,C_y) is ϵ\epsilon-close on radius-1/ϵ1/\epsilon balls, in the labelled equivariant GH sense, to (Rk×Rm,0;translations of Rk,(id,ρy))(\R ^k\times \R ^m,0;\text {translations of }\R ^k,(\mathrm {id},\rho _y)). We also arrange that ϵ≤η0(N)\epsilon \le \eta _0(N) and rϵ(y)≤ϵ2r0(y,ϵ)/2r_\epsilon (y)\le \epsilon ^2r_0(y,\epsilon )/2. Lemma 4.1 then shows that every ball of radius at most r/ϵr/\epsilon, centred within r/ϵr/\epsilon of H0yH_0y, is Ψ(ϵ|N)\Psi (\epsilon |N)-close to Euclidean and lies in a topological NN-manifold.

The later lattice construction needs the group component of this approximation to be linear on a fixed multiple of the same scale, not merely along a limiting sequence. We record the fixed-range consequence of Proposition 4.7.

Lemma 4.9 (Fixed-scale linearization). There is ϵ1=ϵ1(N)>0\epsilon _1=\epsilon _1(N)>0 such that, for every 0<ϵ≤ϵ10<\epsilon \le \epsilon _1, the following holds after decreasing rϵ(y)r_\epsilon (y). Let F\mathcal F be the space component of any labelled equivariant ϵr\epsilon r-approximation at a scale r≤rϵ(y)r\le r_\epsilon (y), and let ara_r be its group component from H0H_0 to the translation group Rk\R ^k. There is a linear isomorphism Lr:H0→RkL_r\colon H_0\to \R ^k such that

|ar(v)−Lrv|≤Ψ(ϵ|N)r|a_r(v)-L_rv|\le \Psi (\epsilon |N)r
whenever d(vy,y)≤50rd(vy,y)\le 50r.

Proof.Choose ϵ1(N)≤min{η0(N),1/200}\epsilon _1(N)\le \min \{\eta _0(N),1/200\} so small that, for all 0<ϵ≤ϵ10<\epsilon \le \epsilon _1,

Cϵ+Ψ(ϵ∣N)≤12,C\epsilon +\Psi (\epsilon \mid N)\le \frac 12,
where C=C(N)C=C(N) is the distortion constant below. Thus every approximation below is defined on all the fixed balls used in the argument. Apply Lemma 4.6 with R=200R=200 and accuracy ϵ\epsilon. After decreasing rϵ(y)r_\epsilon (y), it gives (Ur,Vr0,Lr0)(U_r,V_r^0,L_r^0) at every scale under consideration. Choose Or∈O(N)O_r\in O(N) carrying Vr0V_r^0 to Rk×{0}\R ^k\times \{0\}, and replace UrU_r by F0:=OrUr\mathcal F^0:=O_rU_r and Lr0L_r^0 by OrLr0O_rL_r^0, viewed as a linear isomorphism H0→RkH_0\to \R ^k. Then F0\mathcal F^0 is a preferred ϵr\epsilon r-approximation, and
|F0(φvz)−F0(z)−ιLr0v|≤ϵr|\mathcal F^0(\varphi _vz)-\mathcal F^0(z)-\iota L_r^0v| \le \epsilon r
on the fixed balls whenever d(vy,y)≤100rd(vy,y)\le 100r, where ι:Rk→Rk×Rm\iota \colon \R ^k\to \R ^k\times \R ^m is the first-factor inclusion.

Let (F,ar)(\mathcal F,a_r) be any labelled approximation in the statement. On the fixed ball B(y,100r)B(y,100r), compare F\mathcal F and F0\mathcal F^0 through a quasi-inverse. Lemma 4.5(a), with fixed nested radii, gives a Euclidean isometry E(x)=Qx+bE(x)=Qx+b such that

|F−EF0|≤Ψron B(y,60r),|b|≤Ψr.|\mathcal F-E\mathcal F^0|\le \Psi r \quad \text {on }B(y,60r), \qquad |b|\le \Psi r.
Write PP for the first-factor projection. Labelled equivariance, evaluated at yy, gives
|ar(v)−PQιLr0v|≤Ψrif d(vy,y)≤50r.|a_r(v)-P Q\iota L_r^0v|\le \Psi r \qquad \text {if }d(vy,y)\le 50r.
Set Lr:=PQιLr0L_r:=P Q\iota L_r^0. Let v∈H0v\in H_0 satisfy |Lr0v|=r|L_r^0v|=r. Lemma 4.6(c) gives Dy(v)≤3rD_y(v)\le 3r, and part (b) then gives |Dy(v)−r|≤2ϵr|D_y(v)-r|\le 2\epsilon r. The distortion and equivariance errors of F\mathcal F give |ar(v)|≥r−Cϵr|a_r(v)|\ge r-C\epsilon r, while the preceding display gives |ar(v)−Lrv|≤Ψr|a_r(v)-L_rv|\le \Psi r. Consequently
|Lrv|≥r−Cϵr−Ψ(ϵ∣N)r≥r2|L_rv|\ge r-C\epsilon r-\Psi (\epsilon \mid N)r\ge \frac r2
by the choice of ϵ1(N)\epsilon _1(N). Thus LrL_r is injective and hence an isomorphism. The labelled-equivariance display therefore reads |ar(v)−Lrv|≤Ψr|a_r(v)-L_rv|\le \Psi r whenever d(vy,y)≤50rd(vy,y)\le 50r. Since every comparison was made on a fixed radius ratio, taking monotone envelopes produces a modulus Ψ(ϵ|N)→0\Psi (\epsilon |N)\to 0 without any rate assumption on Lemma 4.5. ∎

5.The transverse coordinate and the orbifold structure

We now construct the transverse coordinate from the Introduction: an equivariant map whose local level sets are precisely the H0H_0-orbits. After passing to the quotient, this map supplies the orbifold charts and proves parts (ii) and (iii) of the Main Theorem. Write PW:Y→W=Y/H0P_W\colon Y\to W=Y/H_0 for the quotient map.

5.1. Equivariant harmonic splitting maps. The construction takes place at a scale on which the action is close to the model of Proposition 4.7. We pass to a fine lattice quotient Y/ΛY/\Lambda, replace an aligned splitting map harmonically, and average the replacement over (H0/Λ)×Cy(H_0/\Lambda )\times C_y. Averaging preserves harmonicity, so the resulting map is both harmonic and exactly equivariant. After lifting to YY, the orbit–slice criterion identifies its local level sets with the H0H_0-orbits. The splitting map to be averaged is built in the same way as in the parallel construction on the approximating spaces in §7.1, so we record that step once.

Lemma 5.1 (Aligned splitting maps). Let 1≤m≤N1\le m\le N, let ϵ>0\epsilon >0 be small depending on NN, and write Ψ=Ψ(ϵ|N)\Psi =\Psi (\epsilon |N). Let (Z,d,HN)(Z,d,\mathcal H^N) be a non-collapsed RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) space with |K|r2≤ϵ|K|r^2\le \epsilon, let a compact group G\mathsf G act on ZZ by measure-preserving isometries, let ρ:G→O(m)\rho \colon \mathsf G\to O(m), and let z∈Zz\in Z. Assume that

π:B(z,r/ϵ)⟶Rm,π(z)=0,\pi \colon B(z,r/\epsilon )\longrightarrow \R ^m,\qquad \pi (z)=0,
is a Ψr\Psi r-GH approximation onto Bm(r/ϵ)B^m(r/\epsilon ) with |π(gx)−ρ(g)π(x)|≤Ψr|\pi (gx)-\rho (g)\pi (x)|\le \Psi r whenever x,gx∈B(z,10r)x,gx\in B(z,10r). Then Z∖B(z,11r)≠∅Z\setminus B(z,11r)\ne \varnothing, the ball B(z,400r)B(z,400r) is measured-Ψ\Psi-close to a Euclidean ball, and there is an (m,Ψ)(m,\Psi )-splitting map u:B(z,40r)→Rmu\colon B(z,40r)\to \R ^m with
|u−π|≤Ψr,|u∘g−ρ(g)∘u|≤Ψr(g∈G)|u-\pi |\le \Psi r,\qquad |u\circ g-\rho (g)\circ u|\le \Psi r\quad (g\in \mathsf G)
on B(z,5r)B(z,5r).

Proof.Rescale so that r=1r=1. Since π\pi is onto Bm(1/ϵ)B^m(1/\epsilon ) and ϵ\epsilon is small, there are points at distance more than 1111 from zz. Lemma 2.2 upgrades the metric closeness on the radius-1/ϵ1/\epsilon ball to measured closeness on the radius-400400 ball. Applying [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.5(1)] at scale 4040 gives an (m,Ψ)(m,\Psi )-splitting map u0:B(z,40)→Rmu_0\colon B(z,40)\to \R ^m. By [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.5(2)], u0−u0(z)u_0-u_0(z) is, up to Ψ\Psi, a non-expanding map of B(z,10)B(z,10) with Ψ\Psi-dense image in Bm(10)B^m(10). Lemma 4.5(b), applied with the prescribed chart π\pi, supplies a Euclidean isometry EE with |E(u0−u0(z))−π|≤Ψ|E(u_0-u_0(z))-\pi |\le \Psi on B(z,5)B(z,5). Put u:=E∘(u0−u0(z))u:=E\circ (u_0-u_0(z)). Translations do not affect derivatives, while the orthogonal part conjugates the Gram matrix, so uu is an (m,C(m)Ψ)(m,C(m)\Psi )-splitting map. Finally, for g∈Gg\in \mathsf G and xx with x,gx∈B(z,5)x,gx\in B(z,5),

|u(gx)−ρ(g)u(x)|≤|u(gx)−π(gx)|+|π(gx)−ρ(g)π(x)|+|ρ(g)(π(x)−u(x))|≤3Ψ.|u(gx)-\rho (g)u(x)|\le |u(gx)-\pi (gx)|+|\pi (gx)-\rho (g)\pi (x)|+|\rho (g)(\pi (x)-u(x))|\le 3\Psi . \qedhere
∎

Proposition 5.2 (Equivariant harmonic splitting maps). Let y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y) and w:=PW(y)w:=P_W(y), so that Γw≅Cy\Gamma _w\cong C_y. Let ϵ>0\epsilon >0 be small, depending on NN, and let r≤rϵ(y)r\le r_\epsilon (y) with |K|(320r)2≤ϵ|K|(320r)^2\le \epsilon. There is a harmonic map ψ^:H0⋅B(y,8r)→Rm\hat \psi \colon H_0\cdot B(y,8r)\to \R ^m with ψ^(y)=0\hat \psi (y)=0 such that:

(a)
ψ^\hat \psi is H0H_0-invariant and CyC_y-equivariant: ψ^∘c=ρ(c)∘ψ^\hat \psi \circ c=\rho (c)\circ \hat \psi for c∈Cyc\in C_y, where ρ=ρy\rho =\rho _y under the fixed target identification;
(b)
ψ^\hat \psi is an (m,Ψ(ϵ|N))(m,\Psi (\epsilon |N))-splitting map on B(y,2r)B(y,2r);
(c)
if m≥1m\ge 1, there is a harmonic map ζ′:B(y,80r)→Rk\zeta '\colon B(y,80r)\to \R ^k such that, for every z∈B(y,2r)z\in B(y,2r),
Υz:=(ζ′,ψ^):B(z,r)⟶RN\Upsilon _z:=(\zeta ',\hat \psi )\colon B(z,r)\longrightarrow \R ^N
is a homeomorphism onto an open image and, for p,q∈B(z,r)p,q\in B(z,r),
(1−Φ)r−Φd(p,q)1+Φ≤|Υz(p)−Υz(q)|≤(1+Φ)d(p,q),Φ=Φ(ϵ|N)⟶0;(1-\Phi )r^{-\Phi }d(p,q)^{1+\Phi } \le |\Upsilon _z(p)-\Upsilon _z(q)| \le (1+\Phi )d(p,q), \qquad \Phi =\Phi (\epsilon |N)\longrightarrow 0;
(d)
for x∈B(y,r/8)x\in B(y,r/8), the level set of ψ^\hat \psi through xx in B(y,r/8)B(y,r/8) is H0x∩B(y,r/8)H_0x\cap B(y,r/8).

Hence ψ^\hat \psi descends to a Γw\Gamma _w-equivariant open embedding h:BW(w,r/8)→Rmh\colon B_W(w,r/8)\to \R ^m with h(w)=0h(w)=0, where Γw\Gamma _w acts on Rm\R ^m through ρ\rho.

Proof.If m=0m=0, then WW is a point and there is nothing to prove. Assume m≥1m\ge 1 and write Ψ=Ψ(ϵ|N)\Psi =\Psi (\epsilon |N). By r≤rϵ(y)r\le r_\epsilon (y), every ball of radius at most r/ϵr/\epsilon, centred within r/ϵr/\epsilon of H0yH_0y, is Ψ\Psi-close to Euclidean and lies in a topological NN-manifold. We construct the chart first on Y/ΛY/\Lambda and then on YY; on both spaces the RCD\RCD theory applies with measure HN\mathcal H^N. Throughout the proof, we use the fixed labelled equivariant GH approximation from (r−1Y,y;H0,Cy)(r^{-1}Y,y;H_0,C_y) to the model on the radius-1/ϵ1/\epsilon ball.

Averaging on Y/ΛY/\Lambda. By continuity of the action and compactness, we may choose a lattice Λ⊂H0\Lambda \subset H_0 whose fundamental parallelepiped PP satisfies Dx(v)≤ϵrD_x(v)\le \epsilon r whenever |v|≤diam⁡P|v|\le \diam P and x∈B¯(y,2r/ϵ)x\in \bar B(y,2r/\epsilon ). With πΛ:Y→Y/Λ\pi _\Lambda \colon Y\to Y/\Lambda the quotient map and y¯:=πΛ(y)\bar y:=\pi _\Lambda (y), every orbit of Tk:=H0/Λ\T ^k:=H_0/\Lambda through πΛ(B(y,2r/ϵ))\pi _\Lambda (B(y,2r/\epsilon )) then has diameter at most ϵr\epsilon r: representatives may be chosen in PP, and d(πΛφvx,πΛφv′x)≤Dx(v−v′)d(\pi _\Lambda \varphi _vx,\pi _\Lambda \varphi _{v'}x)\le D_x(v-v'). Set G:=Tk×Cy\mathsf G:=\T ^k\times C_y. By (P3), it acts by measure-preserving isometries on the RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) space Y/ΛY/\Lambda.

  • An aligned splitting map. The labelled approximation makes (W,r−1dW,w)(W,r^{-1}d_W,w) Ψ\Psi-close to Rm\R ^m on radius 1/(4ϵ)1/(4\epsilon ), while Y/Λ→WY/\Lambda \to W has fibres of diameter ≤ϵr\le \epsilon r over BW(w,r/ϵ)B_W(w,r/\epsilon ). The transverse part of the labelled approximation therefore descends to a Ψr\Psi r-GH approximation π\pi of B(y¯,r/(4ϵ))B(\bar y,r/(4\epsilon )) onto a Euclidean ball, with |π∘g−ρ(g)∘π|≤Ψr|\pi \circ g-\rho (g)\circ \pi |\le \Psi r whenever both points lie in B(y¯,20r)B(\bar y,20r), for ρ(τ,c):=ρy(c)\rho (\tau ,c):=\rho _y(c). Replace π\pi by π−π(y¯)\pi -\pi (\bar y); the equivariance error changes only by Ψr\Psi r. Lemma 5.1, applied at scale 2r2r with 8ϵ8\epsilon in place of ϵ\epsilon, gives the required measured closeness and non-exhaustion and, after restriction, a Ψ\Psi-splitting map u:B(y¯,40r)→Rmu\colon B(\bar y,40r)\to \R ^m with |u−π|≤Ψr|u-\pi |\le \Psi r and |u∘g−ρ(g)∘u|≤Ψr|u\circ g-\rho (g)\circ u|\le \Psi r on B(y¯,10r)B(\bar y,10r). The alignment prevents the average from degenerating.
  • Harmonic replacement and averaging. Put Ω:=Tk⋅B(y¯,8r)\Omega :=\T ^k\cdot B(\bar y,8r). This is G\mathsf G-invariant and lies in B(y¯,(8+ϵ)r)B(\bar y,(8+\epsilon )r). Let hh be the harmonic replacement of uu on Ω\Omega, and define

    ψ:=∫Gρ(g)−1h∘gdg.\psi :=\int _{\mathsf G}\rho (g)^{-1}h\circ g\,dg.
    Lemma 2.3, with fixed nested radii as allowed in §2.3, gives |h−u|≤CΨr|h-u|\le C\Psi r on Ω\Omega and |∇h|≤C(N)|\nabla h|\le C(N) on B(y¯,7r)B(\bar y,7r) (use the fixed-radii variant of that lemma). Averaging preserves harmonicity, so ψ\psi is harmonic and exactly G\mathsf G-equivariant. The approximate equivariance of uu and the preceding pointwise bound also give |ψ−u|≤CΨr|\psi -u|\le C\Psi r on B(y¯,6r)B(\bar y,6r), while |∇ψ|≤C(N)|\nabla \psi |\le C(N) there. These pointwise estimates lift unchanged to YY; the splitting estimate will be recovered below by replacing the transverse block of a full harmonic chart.

Splitting on YY. Define ψ^:=ψ∘πΛ−ψ(y¯)\hat \psi :=\psi \circ \pi _\Lambda -\psi (\bar y). Because CyC_y fixes y¯\bar y, we have ψ(y¯)∈Fixρy(Cy)\psi (\bar y)\in \mathrm {Fix}\,\rho _y(C_y). Consequently, ψ^\hat \psi is harmonic on πΛ−1(Ω)⊃B(y,8r)\pi _\Lambda ^{-1}(\Omega )\supset B(y,8r), is H0H_0-invariant and CyC_y-equivariant, satisfies ψ^(y)=0\hat \psi (y)=0, and obeys |∇ψ^|≤C(N)|\nabla \hat \psi |\le C(N) on B(y,6r)B(y,6r). Applying [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.5] at scale 80r80r and Lemma 2.3, we obtain a harmonic map ζ=(ζ′,ζ″):B(y,80r)→Rk×Rm\zeta =(\zeta ',\zeta '')\colon B(y,80r)\to \R ^k\times \R ^m. It satisfies |∇ζ|≤C(N)|\nabla \zeta |\le C(N) on B(y,60r)B(y,60r) and is Ψ\Psi-splitting on B(y,40r)B(y,40r). After alignment, it is also CΨrC\Psi r-close on B(y,10r)B(y,10r) to the fixed labelled approximation; here ζ″\zeta '' is the transverse Rm\R ^m-coordinate. The difference ψ^−ζ″\hat \psi -\zeta '' is harmonic and CΨrC\Psi r-small on B(y,6r)B(y,6r): the estimate above compares ψ^\hat \psi with u∘πΛu\circ \pi _\Lambda, while both u∘πΛu\circ \pi _\Lambda and ζ″\zeta '' are CΨrC\Psi r-close to the transverse part of the fixed approximation.

For z∈B(y,2r)z\in B(y,2r), apply Lemma 2.5, at scale 2r2r, to ζ\zeta and

Υz:=(ζ′,ψ^).\Upsilon _z:=(\zeta ',\hat \psi ).
The map does not depend on zz; the subscript records the ball. Doubling supplies the splitting estimate for ζ\zeta on B(z,2r)B(z,2r), and B(z,4r)⊂B(y,6r)B(z,4r)\subset B(y,6r). The Euclidean control from the choice of rr supplies the Reifenberg hypothesis. Thus Υz\Upsilon _z is a harmonic CΨC\Psi-splitting map at (z,2r)(z,2r) and has the bi-Hölder estimates in (c), after absorbing the fixed change of radii into Φ\Phi. With z=yz=y, the last mm components give (b). Decrease ϵ\epsilon so that Φ\Phi is below the threshold in Lemma 2.6. Since ψ^\hat \psi is H0H_0-invariant, that lemma gives
ψ^−1(ψ^(z))∩B(z,r/4)=H0z∩B(z,r/4).\hat \psi ^{-1}(\hat \psi (z))\cap B(z,r/4) =H_0z\cap B(z,r/4).

Conclusion. Suppose x1,x2∈B(y,r/8)x_1,x_2\in B(y,r/8) and ψ^(x1)=ψ^(x2)\hat \psi (x_1)=\hat \psi (x_2). With z=x1z=x_1, we have x2∈B(z,r/4)x_2\in B(z,r/4), hence x2∈H0x1x_2\in H_0x_1. Thus ψ^\hat \psi descends to a continuous injective map hh on the Γw\Gamma _w-invariant ball B:=BW(w,r/8)B:=B_W(w,r/8), with h(w)=0h(w)=0. The map is open because ψ^=pr2∘Υz\hat \psi =\mathrm {pr}_2\circ \Upsilon _z on B(z,r)B(z,r) and the quotient Y→WY\to W is open. It is Γw\Gamma _w-equivariant because Γw\Gamma _w is the image of CyC_y. ∎

5.2. Saturated sets. Hausdorff-dimension bounds on YY do not generally descend to its quotients. For example, when k≥2k\ge 2, the set Rk−2×Rm\R ^{k-2}\times \R ^m has codimension two in Rk×Rm\R ^k\times \R ^m but projects onto all of Rm\R ^m. The needed bounds do descend, however, for sets that are unions of whole orbits.

Lemma 5.3 (Saturated sets). Assume (∗)(\ast ); (R) is not assumed.

(a)
Every non-empty open subset of an H0H_0-orbit has positive, possibly infinite, Hk\mathcal H^k-measure. So every non-empty H0H_0-invariant set A⊂YA\subset Y has dimH⁡A≥k\dim _{\mathcal H}A\ge k.
(b)
Let A⊂YA\subset Y be H0H_0-invariant and s≥0s\ge 0. If Hk+s(A)=0\mathcal H^{k+s}(A)=0, then Hs(P(A))=0\mathcal H^s(P(A))=0. Hence dimH⁡P(A)≤dimH⁡A−k\dim _{\mathcal H}P(A)\le \dim _{\mathcal H}A-k if A≠∅A\ne \emptyset.
(c)
dimH⁡X=m\dim _{\mathcal H}X=m.

Proof.(a) Fix y∈Yy\in Y. The orbit map Rk=H0→Y\R ^k=H_0\to Y, v↦φvyv\mapsto \varphi _vy, is injective because the action is free (Theorem 1.2(i)), and it is proper by Lemma 2.1(a). It is therefore a homeomorphism onto the closed orbit H0yH_0y. Every non-empty open subset of H0yH_0y contains a closed kk-ball and has covering dimension kk. Szpilrajn’s theorem [Szp37], [HW41, Ch. VII] says that a separable metric space of vanishing Hk\mathcal H^k-measure has covering dimension at most k−1k-1. Hence the subset has positive Hk\mathcal H^k-measure.

(b) The projection PW:Y→WP_W\colon Y\to W is 11-Lipschitz, and YY and WW are proper (Lemma 2.1(b)). So Eilenberg’s inequality [Fed69, 2.10.25] applies (see also [EH21]):

∫W∗Hk(A∩PW−1(w))dHs(w) ≤ c(k,s)Hk+s(A) = 0.\int ^*_W\mathcal H^k\bigl (A\cap P_W^{-1}(w)\bigr )\,d\mathcal H^s(w)\ \le \ c(k,s)\,\mathcal H^{k+s}(A)\ =\ 0 .
For every w∈PW(A)w\in P_W(A), invariance of AA implies that A∩PW−1(w)A\cap P_W^{-1}(w) is an entire H0H_0-orbit. Part (a) makes the integrand positive on PW(A)P_W(A), so Hs(PW(A))=0\mathcal H^s(P_W(A))=0. The quotient map W→X=W/ΓW\to X=W/\Gamma is 11-Lipschitz, and therefore Hs(P(A))=0\mathcal H^s(P(A))=0. To obtain the dimension bound, apply this conclusion for every s>dimH⁡A−ks>\dim _{\mathcal H}A-k, which is non-negative by part (a).

(c) Bishop–Gromov implies that HN\mathcal H^N is finite on bounded sets, hence HN+ϵ(Y)=0\mathcal H^{N+\epsilon }(Y)=0 for every ϵ>0\epsilon >0. Applying part (b) with A=YA=Y gives Hm+ϵ(X)=0\mathcal H^{m+\epsilon }(X)=0 and thus dimH⁡X≤m\dim _{\mathcal H}X\le m. For the reverse inequality, choose a regular point x∈Xx\in X and a lift y∈Yy\in Y, and put w=PW(y)w=P_W(y). Lemma 3.3 gives y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y) and Γw=1\Gamma _w=1. By Theorem 1.2(i), a neighbourhood of xx is therefore isometric to a ball BW(w,r)B_W(w,r). Proposition 5.2 shows that this ball contains an open set homeomorphic to an open subset of Rm\R ^m. Szpilrajn’s theorem then gives Hm(X)>0\mathcal H^m(X)>0, so dimH⁡X≥m\dim _{\mathcal H}X\ge m. ∎

The only feature of the orbits used in (a) is their topological dimension. Their metric regularity plays no role: the orbits may be non-rectifiable, and their Hk\mathcal H^k-measure may be infinite.

5.3. The set GG. We obtain the open set GG in the Main Theorem by taking the charts of Proposition 5.2 centred at regular orbits. Their radii are fixed once and for all, small enough to accommodate the later constructions of §7. Fix small constants η=η(N)∈(0,η0]\eta =\eta (N)\in (0,\eta _0] and ϵ=ϵ(N)∈(0,1/400]\epsilon =\epsilon (N)\in (0,1/400], to be used in §7. For y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y) with w=PW(y)w=P_W(y) choose r(y)>0r(y)>0 with

  • r(y)≤rϵ(y)r(y)\le r_\epsilon (y), as in §4, and |K|(320r(y))2≤ϵ|K|(320r(y))^2\le \epsilon, as in Proposition 5.2;
  • r(y)≤ϵηr0(y,η)/1000r(y)\le \epsilon \,\eta \,r_0(y,\eta )/1000, with r0r_0 as in Lemma 4.1;
  • r(y)≤ϵr(w)/100r(y)\le \epsilon \,r(w)/100, where γBW(w,3r(w))∩BW(w,3r(w))=∅\gamma B_W(w,3r(w))\cap B_W(w,3r(w))=\emptyset for γ∈Γ∖Γw\gamma \in \Gamma \setminus \Gamma _w, by proper discontinuity (Lemma 2.1(c)).

Let hy:BW(w,r(y)/8)→Rmh_y\colon B_W(w,r(y)/8)\to \R ^m be the chart of Proposition 5.2. Choose these data for one representative of each HH-orbit in R(Y)\mathcal R(Y), and transport them by the HH-action. Equivariance ensures that two transports of the same chart differ only by a linear map. Define

GW:=⋃y∈R(Y)BW(PW(y),r(y)/16),G:=GW/Γ⊂X.G_W:=\bigcup _{y\in \mathcal R(Y)}B_W\bigl (P_W(y),r(y)/16\bigr ),\qquad G:=G_W/\Gamma \subset X .

Lemma 5.4 (The set GG).

(a)
GWG_W is open and Γ\Gamma-invariant. GG is open in XX and contains P(R(Y))P(\mathcal R(Y)).
(b)
Theorem 1.2(ii) holds for GG.
(c)
Theorem 1.2(iii) holds for GG.

Proof.(a) This is clear from the definition.

(b) Let w′∈BW(w,r(y)/16)w'\in B_W(w,r(y)/16), where w=PW(y)w=P_W(y) and y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y). Put h:=hyh:=h_y, and let Γw\Gamma _w act through ρ\rho. Every translate of BW(w,r(y)/8)B_W(w,r(y)/8) by an element of Γ∖Γw\Gamma \setminus \Gamma _w is disjoint from that ball. Hence Γw′≤Γw\Gamma _{w'}\le \Gamma _w, and ρ(Γw′)\rho (\Gamma _{w'}) fixes h(w′)h(w'). Choose a ball DD about h(w′)h(w'), compactly contained in h(BW(w,r(y)/8))h(B_W(w,r(y)/8)), so small that h−1(D¯)⊂BW(w,r(y)/16)⊂GWh^{-1}(\bar D)\subset B_W(w,r(y)/16)\subset G_W and ρ(γ)D∩D=∅\rho (\gamma )D\cap D=\emptyset for every γ∈Γw∖Γw′\gamma \in \Gamma _w\setminus \Gamma _{w'}. Then h−1(D)h^{-1}(D) is a Γw′\Gamma _{w'}-invariant neighbourhood of w′w' and is disjoint from all its translates by Γ∖Γw′\Gamma \setminus \Gamma _{w'}. Its image in XX is a neighbourhood of [w′][w'] contained in GG and homeomorphic to h−1(D)/Γw′≅D/ρ(Γw′)h^{-1}(D)/\Gamma _{w'}\cong D/\rho (\Gamma _{w'}), where ρ(Γw′)\rho (\Gamma _{w'}) acts linearly about h(w′)h(w'). Thus GG is an orbifold with local groups Cx≅Γw′≤CC_x\cong \Gamma _{w'}\le C, acting faithfully because ρ\rho is conjugate to the faithful representation ρy\rho _y (Proposition 4.7(b)). If x∈R(X)x\in \mathcal R(X) and yy lies over xx, then Lemma 3.3 gives y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y) and Cy=1C_y=1. Consequently Cx≅ΓPW(y)≅Cy=1C_x\cong \Gamma _{P_W(y)}\cong C_y=1.

(c) By Lemma 3.3, the regular points of XX lie in P(R(Y))⊂GP(\mathcal R(Y))\subset G. They are dense and of full measure [BS20]. By Lemma 5.3(c), dimH⁡X=m\dim _{\mathcal H}X=m.

Now assume that the XiX_i have no boundary. Their covers X^i\hat X_i are locally isometric to them and therefore also have no boundary. Since (X^i,HN)→(Y,HN)(\hat X_i,\mathcal H^N)\to (Y,\mathcal H^N) by volume convergence, boundary stability [BNS22, Thm. 1.6] implies that the non-collapsed limit YY has no boundary either. If one tangent cone at a point is RN\R ^N, then the volume density there is 11; volume convergence and [DPG18, Cor. 1.7], applied to the tangent cones, which are non-collapsed RCD(0,N)\RCD (0,N) cones, then force every tangent cone at that point to be RN\R ^N. Thus the singular set S(Y):=Y∖R(Y)\mathcal S(Y):=Y\setminus \mathcal R(Y) is the stratum SN−1(Y)S^{N-1}(Y) of [DPG18]. The points of SN−1(Y)∖SN−2(Y)S^{N-1}(Y)\setminus S^{N-2}(Y) are exactly those admitting a half-space tangent cone, and their closure is the boundary. Because the boundary is empty, S(Y)=SN−2(Y)\mathcal S(Y)=S^{N-2}(Y) and dimH⁡S(Y)≤N−2\dim _{\mathcal H}\mathcal S(Y)\le N-2 by [DPG18, Thm. 1.8]. This is the only use of the no-boundary hypothesis; the remaining argument concerns the quotient. The set S(Y)\mathcal S(Y) is HH-invariant, and X∖G⊂P(S(Y))X\setminus G\subset P(\mathcal S(Y)). Lemma 5.3(b) therefore gives

dimH⁡(X∖G)≤dimH⁡P(S(Y))≤(N−2)−k=m−2.\dim _{\mathcal H}(X\setminus G)\le \dim _{\mathcal H}P(\mathcal S(Y))\le (N-2)-k=m-2.
If m≤1m\le 1, then dimH⁡S(Y)≤N−2<k\dim _{\mathcal H}\mathcal S(Y)\le N-2<k and Lemma 5.3(a) force S(Y)=∅\mathcal S(Y)=\emptyset, so X∖G=∅X\setminus G=\emptyset. ∎

Proof of Theorem 1.2(ii) and (iii). These are Lemma 5.4(b) and (c). ∎

6.Exact fibre groups and local submersions

The limit geometry must now be transferred back to the approximating spaces XiX_i. There are two tasks. First, we split the deck groups compatibly with H→ΓH\to \Gamma, producing rank-kk fibre groups and covers on which the finite group CC acts freely. Second, we lift transverse splitting maps to the maximal abelian covers X^i\hat X_i, which are almost Euclidean near regular orbits, and complete them there to Euclidean charts.

6.1. Compatible quotients and the fibre group. The deck group HiH_i carries no canonical splitting, but the limit group HH does. We transport that splitting to HiH_i by an approximate-homomorphism argument. Fix a splitting realizing the complement Γf\Gamma _{\mathrm f} chosen in Theorem 1.2(i), and write its lifted free factor as Zb\Z ^b, so that H=H0×Zb×CH=H_0\times \Z ^b\times C with H0≅RkH_0\cong \R ^k. Set Γ:=H/H0=Zb×C\Gamma :=H/H_0=\Z ^b\times C, let pr:H→Γ\pr \colon H\to \Gamma be the quotient map, and let (fi,ϕi,ψi)(f_i,\phi _i,\psi _i) be ϵi\epsilon _i-approximations for (X^i,p^i,Hi)→(Y,p^,H)(\hat X_i,\hat p_i,H_i)\to (Y,\hat p,H). Proposition 6.2 constructs compatible homomorphisms Πi:Hi→Γ\Pi _i\colon H_i\to \Gamma. Their rank-kk kernels Hi′H_i', which we call the fibre groups, converge to H0H_0. The finite factor of Γ\Gamma then yields the CC-covers Xi′X_i' in Corollary 6.5. For δ>0\delta >0, set

Uδ:={h∈H:d(hz,z)<δ for all z∈B(p^,1/δ)}.U_\delta :=\{h\in H:d(hz,z)<\delta \ \text {for all }z\in B(\hat p,1/\delta )\}.

Since HH is a Lie group, H0H_0 is open, and we fix δ¯\bar \delta with Uδ¯⊂H0U_{\bar \delta }\subset H_0. Write

Hi(R):={g∈Hi:d(gp^i,p^i)≤R},H(R):={h∈H:d(hp^,p^)≤R}.H_i(R):=\{g\in H_i:d(g\hat p_i,\hat p_i)\le R\}, \qquad H(R):=\{h\in H:d(h\hat p,\hat p)\le R\}.

Lemma 6.1 (Extension of pseudo-homomorphisms [HHWZ26, Lemma 6.6]). Let AA be an abelian group, and let φ:Hi(20D)→A\varphi \colon H_i(20D)\to A satisfy φ(g1g2)=φ(g1)φ(g2)\varphi (g_1g_2)=\varphi (g_1)\varphi (g_2) whenever g1,g2,g1g2∈Hi(20D)g_1,g_2,g_1g_2\in H_i(20D). Then φ\varphi extends uniquely to a homomorphism Hi→AH_i\to A.

Proof.Lemma 6.6 of [HHWZ26] identifies HiH_i with the group presented by the elements of Hi(20D)H_i(20D) and the multiplication relations visible in that set. After abelianization, the relation-preserving map φ\varphi therefore factors through HiH_i because AA is abelian. Uniqueness follows since Hi(3D)H_i(3D) generates HiH_i when diam⁡Xi≤D\diam X_i\le D. ∎

We can now transport the splitting of HH to the deck groups.

Proposition 6.2 (Compatible quotient map). For large ii there is a surjective homomorphism Πi:Hi→Γ\Pi _i\colon H_i\to \Gamma such that:

(a)
for every RR there is i0(R)i_0(R) such that, for i≥i0(R)i\ge i_0(R), Πi(g)=pr(ϕi(g))\Pi _i(g)=\pr (\phi _i(g)) for g∈Hi(R)g\in H_i(R) and Πi(ψi(h))=pr(h)\Pi _i(\psi _i(h))=\pr (h) for h∈H(R)h\in H(R);
(b)
Hi′:=ker⁡ΠiH_i':=\ker \Pi _i converges to H0H_0. That is, limits of elements of Hi′H_i' of bounded displacement lie in H0H_0, and every element of H0H_0 is such a limit;
(c)
ϕi(Hi′(R))⊂H0\phi _i(H_i'(R))\subset H_0 for i≥i0(R)i\ge i_0(R).

Proof.Step 1: pseudo-homomorphism. Fix R′R'. If g1,g2,g1g2∈Hi(R′)g_1,g_2,g_1g_2\in H_i(R') and ii is sufficiently large depending on R′R', then both ϕi(g1)ϕi(g2)\phi _i(g_1)\phi _i(g_2) and ϕi(g1g2)\phi _i(g_1g_2) move fi(z)f_i(z) to within 2ϵi2\epsilon _i of fi(g1g2z)f_i(g_1g_2z) on large balls. Density of the image of fif_i gives ϕi(g1g2)−1ϕi(g1)ϕi(g2)∈U8ϵi⊂H0\phi _i(g_1g_2)^{-1}\phi _i(g_1)\phi _i(g_2)\in U_{8\epsilon _i}\subset H_0. We use this observation with R′=20DR'=20D here and with R′=R+3DR'=R+3D in Step 2. Thus g↦pr(ϕi(g))g\mapsto \pr (\phi _i(g)) is a pseudo-homomorphism into the abelian group Γ\Gamma, and Lemma 6.1 extends it to a homomorphism Πi\Pi _i.

Step 2: proof of (a). Let g∈Hi(R)g\in H_i(R) and set M:=⌈R/D⌉+1M:=\lceil R/D\rceil +1. Because diam⁡Xi≤D\diam X_i\le D, we can write g=a0⋯aM−1g=a_0\cdots a_{M-1} with each aj∈Hi(3D)a_j\in H_i(3D). Indeed, choose gjg_j so that gjp^ig_j\hat p_i lies within DD of the equally spaced points on a geodesic from p^i\hat p_i to gp^ig\hat p_i, and set aj:=gj−1gj+1a_j:=g_j^{-1}g_{j+1}. Every partial product lies in Hi(R+3D)H_i(R+3D), so iterating Step 1 with R′=R+3DR'=R+3D gives

ϕi(g)−1∏jϕi(aj)∈UCMϵi⊂H0.\phi _i(g)^{-1}\textstyle \prod _j\phi _i(a_j)\in U_{CM\epsilon _i}\subset H_0 .
Hence Πi(g)=∑jprϕi(aj)=prϕi(g)\Pi _i(g)=\sum _j\pr \phi _i(a_j)=\pr \phi _i(g). If h∈H(R)h\in H(R), then ψi(h)∈Hi(R+1)\psi _i(h)\in H_i(R+1) for large ii, and equivariant approximation gives ϕi(ψi(h))−1h∈UCϵi⊂H0\phi _i(\psi _i(h))^{-1}h\in U_{C\epsilon _i}\subset H_0. Applying the first equality with R+1R+1 yields Πi(ψi(h))=prϕi(ψi(h))=prh\Pi _i(\psi _i(h))=\pr \phi _i(\psi _i(h))=\pr h. This proves both assertions in (a).

Step 3: surjectivity. Γ\Gamma is generated by prH(3D)\pr H(3D). For h∈H(3D)h\in H(3D), both hh and ϕi(ψi(h))\phi _i(\psi _i(h)) approximate the action of ψi(h)\psi _i(h), so ϕi(ψi(h))−1h∈U8ϵi\phi _i(\psi _i(h))^{-1}h\in U_{8\epsilon _i}. By (a), Πi(ψi(h))=pr(h)\Pi _i(\psi _i(h))=\pr (h).

Step 4: proofs of (b) and (c). Part (c) is part (a) applied to g∈ker⁡Πig\in \ker \Pi _i. If gi∈Hi′(R)g_i\in H_i'(R) converge to hh, then h∈ϕi(gi)Uδ¯⊂H0h\in \phi _i(g_i)U_{\bar \delta }\subset H_0. Conversely, every h∈H0h\in H_0 is the limit of ψi(h)\psi _i(h), and Πi(ψi(h))=pr(h)=0\Pi _i(\psi _i(h))=\pr (h)=0. ∎

Proposition 6.2 is the abelian case of [Wan23, Thm. 3.4], with simple connectivity replaced by Lemma 6.1 as in [HHWZ26, Thm. 6.8]; the compatibility (a) is implicit in the proof there.

Lemma 6.3 (The fibre group). For large ii:

(a)
Hi′H_i' is generated by Hi′(R2)H_i'(R_2), for a constant R2R_2 independent of ii;
(b)
rank⁡Hi′=k\rank H_i'=k.

Proof.(a) Choose lifts hj,i:=ψi(0,ej,0)h_{j,i}:=\psi _i(0,e_j,0) of the standard generators of Zb\Z ^b and lifts c~i(c):=ψi(0,0,c)\tilde c_i(c):=\psi _i(0,0,c) of the elements c∈Cc\in C; their displacements at p^i\hat p_i are bounded by a constant R∗R_* independent of ii, and Πi\Pi _i maps them to eje_j and cc by Proposition 6.2. The set pr(H(3D+1))\pr (H(3D+1)) is finite, so its Zb\Z ^b-coordinates are uniformly bounded. After correcting each generator in Hi(3D)H_i(3D) by these chosen lifts, the remaining factor lies in Hi′(R1)H_i'(R_1) for a uniform R1R_1. A word in the resulting generators belongs to Hi′H_i' exactly when its Zb\Z ^b-exponents vanish and its CC-exponents lie in ker⁡(ZC→C)\ker (\Z ^C\to C). This kernel is generated by the relations δc+δc′−δc+c′\delta _c+\delta _{c'}-\delta _{c+c'}, whose lifts lie in Hi′(3R∗+3)H_i'(3R_*+3). Hence a uniform displacement ball generates Hi′H_i'.

(b) Hi/Hi′≅Zb×CH_i/H_i'\cong \Z ^b\times C has rank bb, and rank⁡Hi=b1(Xi)=b+k\rank H_i=b_1(X_i)=b+k. ∎

Elements of the fibre group converge into H0H_0, whose orbits project to single points downstairs. At a fixed small scale they therefore cannot move between the sheets over a ball.

Lemma 6.4 (The fibre group stabilizes small tubes). Let ZiZ_i be XiX_i or Xi′X_i' (Corollary 6.5), and let ϵ>0\epsilon >0. For large ii the following holds. For every x^∈X^i\hat x\in \hat X_i, with image x∈Zix\in Z_i, Hi′H_i' stabilizes the component through x^\hat x of the preimage of B(x,ϵ)B(x,\epsilon ) in X^i\hat X_i.

Proof.Reduction to a bounded set. The group HiH_i is abelian and normalizes the deck group of X^i→Zi\hat X_i\to Z_i. Translation by HiH_i therefore preserves the relevant stabilizers, so we may assume d(x^,p^i)≤Dd(\hat x,\hat p_i)\le D. By Lemma 6.3(a), it is enough to consider generators g∈Hi′(R2)g\in H_i'(R_2). Their displacement at x^\hat x is at most R2+2DR_2+2D.

Contradiction. Suppose that the conclusion fails along a subsequence. After passing to a further subsequence, let x^i→y^∈Y\hat x_i\to \hat y\in Y and let the offending generators satisfy gi→hg_i\to h. Proposition 6.2(b) gives h=exp⁡(v)∈H0h=\exp (v)\in H_0.

  • The path t↦exp⁡(tv)y^t\mapsto \exp (tv)\hat y, t∈[0,1]t\in [0,1], lies in one H0H_0-orbit. So it projects to a single point of Z:=XZ:=X or W′W'.
  • Choose 0=t0<⋯<tM=10=t_0<\cdots <t_M=1 so that the points zm:=exp⁡(tmv)y^z_m:=\exp (t_mv)\hat y have consecutive distances <ϵ/4<\epsilon /4. Put z0i:=x^iz_0^i:=\hat x_i and, for m≥1m\ge 1, zmi:=ψi(exp⁡(tmv))x^iz_m^i:=\psi _i(\exp (t_mv))\hat x_i. Then zmi→zmz_m^i\to z_m, and zMiz_M^i lies within o(1)o(1) of gix^ig_i\hat x_i.
  • Every zmiz_m^i projects exactly to xix_i. This is automatic for Zi=XiZ_i=X_i. For Zi=Xi′Z_i=X_i', Proposition 6.2(a) gives Πi(ψi(exp⁡(tmv)))=0\Pi _i(\psi _i(\exp (t_mv)))=0 for large ii, so these elements lie in Hi′≤KiH_i'\le K_i.
  • Consecutive balls B(zmi,ϵ/4)B(z_m^i,\epsilon /4) overlap and lie in the preimage of B(xi,ϵ)B(x_i,\epsilon ). So they lie in one component, which also contains gix^ig_i\hat x_i.

Hence gig_i stabilizes the component, a contradiction. ∎

Dividing X^i\hat X_i by the kernel of the finite part of Πi\Pi _i produces covers on which CC acts freely. Every bundle below is built there first and divided by CC afterwards.

Corollary 6.5 (The CC-cover). Let χ:Γ→C\chi \colon \Gamma \to C be the projection along Zb\Z ^b. Put χi:=χ∘Πi\chi _i:=\chi \circ \Pi _i, Ki:=ker⁡χiK_i:=\ker \chi _i and Xi′:=X^i/KiX_i':=\hat X_i/K_i. Also put K:=pr−1(Zb)K:=\pr ^{-1}(\Z ^b) and W′:=Y/K=W/ZbW':=Y/K=W/\Z ^b.

(a)
Ki→KK_i\to K, and (Xi′,C)→(W′,C)(X_i',C)\to (W',C) equivariantly. For large ii the group approximation is the identity of CC, under χi\chi _i and χ∘pr\chi \circ \pr.
(b)
CC acts effectively on W′W'.

Proof.(a) Proposition 6.2(a) shows that every bounded sequence gi∈Kig_i\in K_i converges into KK. Conversely, each h∈Kh\in K is the limit of elements ψi(h)∈Ki\psi _i(h)\in K_i. We may therefore apply [Wan23, Lemma 3.1]. For representatives of bounded displacement, its group approximation sends the class of gg to the class of ϕi(g)\phi _i(g). On choosing the representatives c~i(c)\tilde c_i(c) from Lemma 6.3, Proposition 6.2(a) identifies this approximation with χi\chi _i.

(b) Suppose that c∈Cc\in C acts trivially on W′W'. Choose y∈Yy\in Y over a regular point of XX. Since c[y]K=[y]Kc[y]_K=[y]_K, there is a∈Ka\in K with cy=aycy=ay. Lemma 3.3 gives StabH(y)=1\Stab _H(y)=1, hence c=ac=a. But the fixed splitting H=H0×Zb×CH=H_0\times \Z ^b\times C has K∩C=1K\cap C=1, so c=1c=1. ∎

It remains to identify, on the approximating spaces, the subgroup that plays the role of the isotropy group. It is the Πi\Pi _i-preimage of the local group.

Lemma 6.6 (Local groups). Let x∈Xx\in X have a lift y∈Yy\in Y, put w=[y]∈Ww=[y]\in W, and set Cy:=Γw≤CC_y:=\Gamma _w\le C. This agrees with StabH(y)\Stab _H(y) as used in §§3 and 8.1: indeed, StabH(y)⊂Tor⁡(H)=C\Stab _H(y)\subset \Tor (H)=C and pr|C=id\pr |_C=\mathrm {id}. For the image w′∈W′w'\in W', also StabC(w′)=Γw\Stab _C(w')=\Gamma _w. Choose r>0r>0 so that γBW(w,3r)∩BW(w,3r)=∅\gamma B_W(w,3r)\cap B_W(w,3r)=\emptyset for γ∉Γw\gamma \notin \Gamma _w; we call such rr admissible at xx, and smaller radii remain admissible. Let pi→xp_i\to x, choose lifts q^i→y\hat q_i\to y, and let Λi≤Hi\Lambda _i\le H_i stabilize the component through q^i\hat q_i of the preimage of B(pi,r)B(p_i,r). Then, for large ii,

Hi′⊂Λi=Πi−1(Cy).H_i'\subset \Lambda _i=\Pi _i^{-1}(C_y).

Proof.Hi′⊂ΛiH_i'\subset \Lambda _i is Lemma 6.4 with Zi=XiZ_i=X_i.

Πi(Λi)⊂Cy\Pi _i(\Lambda _i)\subset C_y. By Gromov’s short-generator argument for the component’s length metric, Λi\Lambda _i is generated by elements λ\lambda for which q^i\hat q_i and λq^i\lambda \hat q_i are joined inside the component by a path of length at most 5r5r. Here we use that B(pi,r)B(p_i,r) has intrinsic diameter at most 2r2r. Every limit of such generators preserves the component through yy of the preimage of B(x,2r)B(x,2r), whose stabilizer is pr−1(Cy)\pr ^{-1}(C_y). To see the component assertion explicitly, the balls BW(γw,2r)B_W(\gamma w,2r) for distinct cosets γΓw\gamma \Gamma _w are separated by at least 2r2r, while each set H0⋅B~W(γw,2r)H_0\cdot \widetilde B_W(\gamma w,2r) is connected because both H0H_0 and the lifted ball are connected. The fif_i-images of the connecting paths are fine chains over B¯(x,r+o(1))\bar B(x,r+o(1)), so they cannot jump between these components.

At the base point p^i\hat p_i, these generators have displacement at most 5r+2d(q^i,p^i)5r+2d(\hat q_i,\hat p_i), uniformly bounded in ii. Proposition 6.2(a) therefore gives Πi(λ)=prϕi(λ)\Pi _i(\lambda )=\pr \phi _i(\lambda ) for all such generators once ii is large. These images lie in CyC_y. Otherwise, after passing to a subsequence, generators λi\lambda _i with prϕi(λi)∉Cy\pr \phi _i(\lambda _i)\notin C_y would converge to an element hh with prh∈Cy\pr h\in C_y; discreteness of Γ\Gamma would then force prϕi(λi)=prh∈Cy\pr \phi _i(\lambda _i)=\pr h\in C_y for large ii, a contradiction.

Cy⊂Πi(Λi)C_y\subset \Pi _i(\Lambda _i). For c∈Cyc\in C_y, the element hc∈Cy=StabH(y)h_c\in C_y=\Stab _H(y) fixes yy. So ψi(hc)\psi _i(h_c) moves q^i\hat q_i by o(1)o(1), lies in Λi\Lambda _i, and Πi(ψi(hc))=c\Pi _i(\psi _i(h_c))=c.

Since ker⁡Πi=Hi′⊂Λi\ker \Pi _i=H_i'\subset \Lambda _i, we conclude Λi=Πi−1(Cy)\Lambda _i=\Pi _i^{-1}(C_y). ∎

6.2. Almost Euclidean covers and local submersions. Near a lift of a regular orbit, X^i\hat X_i is almost Euclidean at every sufficiently small scale. A splitting map on the quotient can therefore be lifted and completed to a canonical-Reifenberg chart; in those coordinates, it becomes a projection and hence a submersion.

Lemma 6.7 (Almost Euclidean covers).

(a)
Assume (R). For every η>0\eta >0 there is r>0r>0 such that, for large ii, every ball B(z^,s)⊂X^iB(\hat z,s)\subset \hat X_i with s≤10rs\le 10r is Ψ(η|N)s\Psi (\eta |N)s-close to BN(s)B^N(s), in the measured sense, and has volume ratio ≥1−Ψ(η|N)\ge 1-\Psi (\eta |N).
(b)
Let y0∈R(Y)y_0\in \mathcal R(Y), η∈(0,η0]\eta \in (0,\eta _0], r0:=r0(y0,η)r_0:=r_0(y_0,\eta ) as in Lemma 4.1, and y^i∈X^i\hat y_i\in \hat X_i with y^i→y0\hat y_i\to y_0. For large ii the conclusion of (a) holds for the balls B(z^,s)B(\hat z,s) with d(z^,y^i)≤ηr0/2d(\hat z,\hat y_i)\le \eta r_0/2 and s≤r0/8s\le r_0/8. By HiH_i-invariance it also holds for the balls of radius ≤r0/8\le r_0/8 centred at any lift of a point of B(π(y^i),ηr0/2)B(\pi (\hat y_i),\eta r_0/2), for the projection π\pi of X^i\hat X_i to XiX_i or Xi′X_i'.

In case (a), X^i\hat X_i is a topological NN-manifold, and in case (b) so is the set of points within ηr0/4\eta r_0/4 of the HiH_i-orbit of y^i\hat y_i [CC97, Thm. A.1.1].

Proof.(a) Replace η\eta at the outset by a smaller number below both η\eta and the canonical-Reifenberg threshold η0(N)\eta _0(N); the conclusion for this smaller number implies the stated one after enlarging Ψ\Psi. The ratios ϑs(y):=HN(B(y,s))/VK,N(s)\vartheta _s(y):=\mathcal H^N(B(y,s))/V_{K,N}(s) are continuous in yy, non-increasing in ss, and converge to 11 as s↓0s\downarrow 0 at every point. Choose a compact set QQ with HQ=YHQ=Y. Dini’s theorem on QQ, followed by HH-invariance, gives r>0r>0 with |K|(20r)2≤η|K|(20r)^2\le \eta and ϑ20r≥1−η\vartheta _{20r}\ge 1-\eta throughout YY. For large ii, volume convergence and HiH_i-invariance transfer the bound ϑ20r≥1−2η\vartheta _{20r}\ge 1-2\eta to every ball of radius 20r20r in X^i\hat X_i. The volume–Reifenberg package then gives the conclusion for s≤10rs\le 10r.

(b) Lemma 4.1 supplies the required ratio bound on the limit tube. Volume convergence transfers it to radius-r0/4r_0/4 balls centred within ηr0/2\eta r_0/2 of y^i\hat y_i; monotonicity and the same package finish the proof. ∎

Completion is the step that turns a transverse splitting map into a full chart, by adjoining the missing N−mN-m coordinates.

Lemma 6.8 (Relative completion on a Reifenberg ball). For every NN there are δc=δc(N)>0\delta _c=\delta _c(N)>0 and τ=τ(N)∈(0,1/10)\tau =\tau (N)\in (0,1/10) with the following property. Let 0<δ≤δc0<\delta \le \delta _c, and let (Z,z)(Z,z) be a non-collapsed RCD(−δ,N)\RCD (-\delta ,N) space such that every ball B(a,s)B(a,s) with a∈B(z,10)a\in B(z,10) and s≤10s\le 10 is δs\delta s-close to BN(s)B^N(s). If u:B(z,10)→Rmu\colon B(z,10)\to \R ^m is an (m,δ)(m,\delta )-splitting map, then there is a Lipschitz map v:B(z,2τ)→RN−mv\colon B(z,2\tau )\to \R ^{N-m}, in the domain of the Laplacian, such that Ξ:=(u−u(z),v)\Xi :=(u-u(z),v) is an (N,Ψ(δ|N))(N,\Psi (\delta |N))-splitting map on B(z,2τ)B(z,2\tau ) and a bi-Hölder embedding on B(z,τ)B(z,\tau ). The image Ξ(B(z,τ))\Xi (B(z,\tau )) is open.

Proof.Write Ψ=Ψ(δ|N)\Psi =\Psi (\delta |N). By [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.5(1)] on B(z,10)B(z,10), there is an (N,Ψ)(N,\Psi )-splitting map w:B(z,5/2)→RNw\colon B(z,5/2)\to \R ^N. By [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.5(2)], (u−u(z),f)(u-u(z),f) is a Ψ\Psi-GH isometry from B(z,5/2)B(z,5/2) onto a ball of a product Rm×Zu\R ^m\times Z_u centred on {0}×Zu\{0\}\times Z_u, for some pointed space ZuZ_u and some map ff. Applied also to ww, the same theorem gives the non-expansion and density hypotheses of Lemma 4.5(b) on B(z,5/8)B(z,5/8); using the prescribed Euclidean approximation supplied by the Reifenberg hypothesis, that lemma makes w−w(z)w-w(z) a Ψ\Psi-GH approximation from B(z,5/16)B(z,5/16) onto BN(5/16)B^N(5/16).

Let I=(g,h)I=(g,h) be an isometry from a Euclidean ball BN(ρ)B^N(\rho ) onto a ball of a product Rm×Z′\R ^m\times Z' centred on {0}×Z′\{0\}\times Z', with I(0)I(0) the centre. The distance of a product is the Euclidean norm of the pair of factor distances, so equality in the triangle inequality along a geodesic forces equality in each factor: gg maps segments to segments traversed at constant speed, hence is affine. Since gg is 11-Lipschitz, g(0)=0g(0)=0 and g(BN(ρ))=Bm(ρ)g(B^N(\rho ))=B^m(\rho ), it equals P∘EP\circ E for a linear isometry EE of RN\R ^N and the projection PP to the first mm coordinates. By compactness, there is therefore a linear isometry EE with |u−u(z)−PE(w−w(z))|≤Ψ|u-u(z)-PE(w-w(z))|\le \Psi on B(z,1/4)B(z,1/4).

Put ξ:=E(w−w(z))\xi :=E(w-w(z)), again an (N,Ψ)(N,\Psi )-splitting map, and v:=P′E(w−w(z))v:=P'E(w-w(z)), where P′P' is the projection to the last N−mN-m coordinates. Then F:=(u−u(z),v)F:=(u-u(z),v) satisfies ‖F−ξ‖L∞(B(z,1/4))≤Ψ\|F-\xi \|_{L^\infty (B(z,1/4))}\le \Psi, Lip⁡F≤C(N)\operatorname {Lip}F\le C(N) and |ΔF|≤Ψ|\Delta F|\le \Psi. Lemma 2.5 at scale 1/81/8, whose Euclidean hypothesis is part of ours, makes FF an (N,CΨ)(N,C\Psi )-splitting map on B(z,1/8)B(z,1/8) and a bi-Hölder embedding on B(z,1/16)B(z,1/16). We take τ:=1/32\tau :=1/32 and restrict these conclusions to B(z,2τ)B(z,2\tau ) and B(z,τ)B(z,\tau ). By [CC97, Thm. A.1.1], B(z,1/8)B(z,1/8) is an open subset of a topological NN-manifold, so invariance of domain makes the image open. ∎

Lifting, completing, and descending now give the submersion statement used in §§7–8.

Lemma 6.9 (Local submersions). Given NN and L≥0L\ge 0, there is δ0=δ0(N,L)>0\delta _0=\delta _0(N,L)>0 with the following property. Let ZZ be the quotient of X^i\hat X_i by a subgroup of HiH_i, with projection π\pi; for instance Z=XiZ=X_i or Xi′X_i'. Let x∈Zx\in Z, x^∈X^i\hat x\in \hat X_i over xx, and ρ>0\rho >0 with |K|ρ2≤δ0|K|\rho ^2\le \delta _0. Suppose every ball B(z^,s)B(\hat z,s) with z^∈B(x^,10ρ)\hat z\in B(\hat x,10\rho ) and s≤10ρs\le 10\rho is δ0s\delta _0s-close to BN(s)B^N(s). Let Φ:B(x,10ρ)→Rm\Phi \colon B(x,10\rho )\to \R ^m be Lipschitz, in the domain of the Laplacian, with

Lip⁡Φ≤C(N),|ΔΦ|≤L/ρ,−∫B(x,10ρ)|⟨∇Φa,∇Φb⟩−δab|≤δ0.\operatorname {Lip}\Phi \le C(N),\qquad |\Delta \Phi |\le L/\rho ,\qquad \fint _{B(x,10\rho )}|\langle \nabla \Phi _a,\nabla \Phi _b\rangle -\delta _{ab}|\le \delta _0 .
Then ZZ is a topological NN-manifold near xx, and Φ\Phi is a topological submersion at xx: there are a neighbourhood OO of xx and a homeomorphism O→U×VO\to U\times V, with U⊂RmU\subset \R ^m and V⊂RN−mV\subset \R ^{N-m} open, under which Φ\Phi becomes the projection to UU.

Proof.

  • Lift. Put Φ^:=Φ∘π\hat \Phi :=\Phi \circ \pi. Since the covering projection is a local isomorphism of metric measure spaces, ΔΦ^=(ΔΦ)∘π\Delta \hat \Phi =(\Delta \Phi )\circ \pi. We use the following elementary covering-count estimate. If q≥0q\ge 0 is defined on B(x,10ρ)B(x,10\rho ), then

    −∫B(x^,5ρ)q∘π≤C(N)−∫B(x,10ρ)q.\fint _{B(\hat x,5\rho )}q\circ \pi \le C(N)\fint _{B(x,10\rho )}q.
    Let DD be the deck group of π\pi and put
    ν:=#{g∈D:d(gx^,x^)<10ρ}.\nu :=\#\{g\in D:d(g\hat x,\hat x)<10\rho \}.
    For R>0R>0 and z∈Zz\in Z, let NR(z):=#(π−1(z)∩B(x^,R))N_R(z):=\#\bigl (\pi ^{-1}(z)\cap B(\hat x,R)\bigr ). If z∈B(x,5ρ)z\in B(x,5\rho ), lift a minimizing geodesic from xx to zz to obtain z^∈B(x^,5ρ)\hat z\in B(\hat x,5\rho ). Every other lift of zz in B(x^,5ρ)B(\hat x,5\rho ) is gz^g\hat z for some g∈Dg\in D, and
    d(gx^,x^)≤d(gx^,gz^)+d(gz^,x^)<10ρ.d(g\hat x,\hat x) \le d(g\hat x,g\hat z)+d(g\hat z,\hat x)<10\rho .
    Thus N5ρ(z)≤νN_{5\rho }(z)\le \nu. Conversely, for every gg counted by ν\nu, the lift gz^g\hat z lies in B(x^,15ρ)B(\hat x,15\rho ), so N15ρ(z)≥νN_{15\rho }(z)\ge \nu.

    The area formula for the local isometry π\pi—equivalently, a countable partition into evenly covered Borel sets—now gives

    ∫B(x^,5ρ)q∘π≤ν∫B(x,5ρ)q,νHN(B(x,5ρ))≤HN(B(x^,15ρ)).\int _{B(\hat x,5\rho )}q\circ \pi \le \nu \int _{B(x,5\rho )}q, \qquad \nu \mathcal H^N(B(x,5\rho )) \le \mathcal H^N(B(\hat x,15\rho )).
    Dividing the first inequality by HN(B(x^,5ρ))\mathcal H^N(B(\hat x,5\rho )) and bounding ν\nu by the second gives
    −∫B(x^,5ρ)q∘π≤HN(B(x^,15ρ))HN(B(x^,5ρ))HN(B(x,10ρ))HN(B(x,5ρ))−∫B(x,10ρ)q.\fint _{B(\hat x,5\rho )}q\circ \pi \le \frac {\mathcal H^N(B(\hat x,15\rho ))} {\mathcal H^N(B(\hat x,5\rho ))} \frac {\mathcal H^N(B(x,10\rho ))} {\mathcal H^N(B(x,5\rho ))} \fint _{B(x,10\rho )}q.
    Bishop–Gromov on the cover and the base bounds the two ratios by a constant depending only on NN, since |K|ρ2≤δ0|K|\rho ^2\le \delta _0. This proves the estimate. Apply it to q=|⟨∇Φa,∇Φb⟩−δab|q=|\langle \nabla \Phi _a,\nabla \Phi _b\rangle -\delta _{ab}| to obtain
    −∫B(x^,5ρ)|⟨∇Φ^a,∇Φ^b⟩−δab|≤C(N)δ0.\fint _{B(\hat x,5\rho )}|\langle \nabla \hat \Phi _a,\nabla \hat \Phi _b\rangle -\delta _{ab}|\le C(N)\delta _0.
  • Smaller scale. Let θ=θ(N,L)∈(0,10−2)\theta =\theta (N,L)\in (0,10^{-2}) be small and ρ′:=θρ\rho ':=\theta \rho. Then

    |ΔΦ^|≤θL/ρ′,−∫B(x^,10ρ′)|⟨∇Φ^a,∇Φ^b⟩−δab|≤C(N)θ−Nδ0.|\Delta \hat \Phi |\le \theta L/\rho ',\qquad \fint _{B(\hat x,10\rho ')}|\langle \nabla \hat \Phi _a,\nabla \hat \Phi _b\rangle -\delta _{ab}| \le C(N)\theta ^{-N}\delta _0 .
    Choose θ\theta first so that C(N)θL≤δc/3C(N)\theta L\le \delta _c/3, and then choose δ0\delta _0. Put
    δ∗:=C(N)(θL+θ−Nδ0+δ0),\delta _*:=C(N)\bigl (\theta L+\theta ^{-N}\delta _0+\delta _0\bigr ),
    and choose δ0\delta _0 so that δ∗≤δc\delta _*\le \delta _c. After rescaling the metric by ρ′−1\rho '^{-1} and replacing the target map by
    uρ′:=ρ′−1(Φ^−Φ^(x^)),u_{\rho '}:=\rho '^{-1}\bigl (\hat \Phi -\hat \Phi (\hat x)\bigr ),
    the map uρ′u_{\rho '} is an (m,δ∗)(m,\delta _*)-splitting map on the radius-1010 ball, and all hypotheses of Lemma 6.8 are satisfied with δ=δ∗\delta =\delta _*.
  • Completion and chart. Apply Lemma 6.8 in the rescaled metric, let vscv_{\mathrm {sc}} be the resulting complementary map, and put v:=ρ′vscv:=\rho 'v_{\mathrm {sc}}. With c:=τ(N)c:=\tau (N), the map vv is defined on B(x^,2cρ′)B(\hat x,2c\rho '), and Ξ:=(Φ^−Φ^(x^),v)\Xi :=(\hat \Phi -\hat \Phi (\hat x),v) is an (N,Ψ(δ∗|N))(N,\Psi (\delta _*|N))-splitting map there and a bi-Hölder homeomorphism on B(x^,cρ′)B(\hat x,c\rho ') onto an open subset of RN\R ^N. In this chart, Φ^−Φ^(x^)\hat \Phi -\hat \Phi (\hat x) is the projection to the first mm coordinates.
  • Descent. Because π\pi is a covering map, we may choose a product box U×VU\times V about Ξ(x^)\Xi (\hat x), compactly contained in the chart image, whose inverse image O^\hat O lies in an evenly covered neighbourhood of x^\hat x. Then O:=π(O^)O:=\pi (\hat O) is an open neighbourhood of xx, the restriction π|O^\pi |_{\hat O} is a homeomorphism, and the induced chart O→U×VO\to U\times V carries Φ\Phi to projection onto UU.∎

7.The orbit coordinate and local Seifert fibrations

This section proves part (iv). Section 5 supplies the transverse coordinate and Section 6 the fibre group; what remains is the orbit coordinate. We construct it, pair it with the transverse coordinate to form a product chart, and descend to the Seifert model. Write P′:Y→W′=W/ZbP'\colon Y\to W'=W/\Z ^b, and fix once and for all the quotient approximations fi′:Xi′→W′f_i'\colon X_i'\to W' and fi:Xi→Xf_i\colon X_i\to X induced by the original equivariant approximations of §2; every later subsequence uses their restrictions. If m=0m=0, then XX is a point and Xi≅TNX_i\cong \T ^N for large ii [MMP22, ZZ26], proving (iv) and (v). Henceforth m≥1m\ge 1.

7.1. Local equivariant splitting maps. We average splitting maps on Xi′X_i' over the local group, making their symmetry exact while preserving the splitting estimates. Their subsequential limits are equivariant charts of the kind constructed in Proposition 5.2. Fix y0∈R(Y)y_0\in \mathcal R(Y), and set r:=r(y0)r:=r(y_0), w0:=PW(y0)w_0:=P_W(y_0), and w0′:=P′(y0)w_0':=P'(y_0). By Lemma 6.6, C0:=Cw0′≅Γw0C_0:=C_{w_0'}\cong \Gamma _{w_0} acts on Rm\R ^m through ρ0:=ρy0\rho _0:=\rho _{y_0}. The map W→W′W\to W' restricts to an isometry from BW(w0,r/ϵ)B_W(w_0,r/\epsilon ) onto BW′(w0′,r/ϵ)B_{W'}(w_0',r/\epsilon ): non-zero elements of Zb\Z ^b lie outside Γw0\Gamma _{w_0} and move w0w_0 by at least 6r(w0)≥600r/ϵ6r(w_0)\ge 600r/\epsilon, and balls project onto balls (Lemma 2.1(b)). Choose xi0∈Xi′x_i^0\in X_i' with fi′(xi0)→w0′f_i'(x_i^0)\to w_0'. Corollary 6.5 says that CC acts freely and isometrically on Xi′X_i' and that fi′f_i' is uniformly almost equivariant. Each Xi′X_i' is RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) with measure a constant multiple of HN\mathcal H^N (Theorem 1.2(i)); the constant plays no role below.

Proposition 7.1 (Equivariant splitting maps). For large ii there are maps Φi:B(xi0,30r)→Rm\Phi _i\colon B(x_i^0,30r)\to \R ^m with the following properties, where Ψ=Ψ(ϵ|N)\Psi =\Psi (\epsilon |N).

(a)
Φi(cx)=ρ0(c)Φi(x)\Phi _i(cx)=\rho _0(c)\Phi _i(x) whenever c∈C0c\in C_0 and x,cx∈B(xi0,30r)x,cx\in B(x_i^0,30r).
(b)
Lip⁡Φi≤C(N)\operatorname {Lip}\Phi _i\le C(N) and |ΔΦi|≤Ψ/r|\Delta \Phi _i|\le \Psi /r. Moreover Φi\Phi _i is an (m,Ψ)(m,\Psi )-splitting map on B(x,r/10)B(x,r/10) for every x∈B(xi0,4r)x\in B(x_i^0,4r).
(c)
There is a fixed Ψr\Psi r-GH approximation Π:BW′(w0′,9r)→Rm\Pi \colon B_{W'}(w_0',9r)\to \R ^m such that |Φi−Π∘fi′|≤2Ψr|\Phi _i-\Pi \circ f_i'|\le 2\Psi r on B(xi0,9r)B(x_i^0,9r) for all large ii. Every subsequence has a further subsequence along which Φi→Φ∞\Phi _i\to \Phi _\infty uniformly under the approximations fi′f_i', on B(xi0,7r)B(x_i^0,7r). Every such limit Φ∞:BW′(w0′,7r)→Rm\Phi _\infty \colon B_{W'}(w_0',7r)\to \R ^m is C0C_0-equivariant, satisfies |Φ∞−Π|≤Ψr|\Phi _\infty -\Pi |\le \Psi r, and maps BW′(w0′,r/8)B_{W'}(w_0',r/8) homeomorphically onto an open subset of Rm\R ^m. The set L\mathcal L of these limits is compact in the topology of uniform convergence.

Proof.Splitting maps. The labelled approximation makes (r−1W′,w0′;C0)(r^{-1}W',w_0';C_0) Ψ\Psi-equivariantly close to (Rm,0;ρ0)(\R ^m,0;\rho _0) on radius 1/(4ϵ)1/(4\epsilon ); write Π\Pi for its Rm\R ^m-component and normalize it by Π(w0′)=0\Pi (w_0')=0. Since Xi′→W′X_i'\to W' and |K|(320r)2≤ϵ|K|(320r)^2\le \epsilon, the map π:=Π∘fi′−Π(fi′(xi0))\pi :=\Pi \circ f_i'-\Pi (f_i'(x_i^0)) is a Ψr\Psi r-GH approximation of B(xi0,r/(4ϵ))B(x_i^0,r/(4\epsilon )) onto a Euclidean ball with π(xi0)=0\pi (x_i^0)=0 and |π∘c−ρ0(c)∘π|≤Ψr|\pi \circ c-\rho _0(c)\circ \pi |\le \Psi r whenever both points lie in B(xi0,20r)B(x_i^0,20r), for c∈C0c\in C_0, by the almost equivariance of both fi′f_i' and Π\Pi. Lemma 5.1, applied with G=C0\mathsf G=C_0 at scale 2r2r and with 8ϵ8\epsilon in place of ϵ\epsilon, gives, after restriction, (m,Ψ)(m,\Psi )-splitting maps ui:B(xi0,40r)→Rmu_i\colon B(x_i^0,40r)\to \R ^m with

|ui−π|≤Ψr,|ui∘c−ρ0(c)∘ui|≤Ψr|u_i-\pi |\le \Psi r,\qquad |u_i\circ c-\rho _0(c)\circ u_i|\le \Psi r
on B(xi0,10r)B(x_i^0,10r) for every c∈C0c\in C_0.

Averaging. Elements of C0C_0 move xi0x_i^0 by o(1)o(1). Put

Φi:=1|C0|∑c∈C0ρ0(c)−1∘ui∘c\Phi _i:=\frac 1{|C_0|}\sum _{c\in C_0}\rho _0(c)^{-1}\circ u_i\circ c
on the C0C_0-invariant set {x:C0x⊂B(xi0,40r)}⊇B(xi0,30r)\{x:C_0x\subset B(x_i^0,40r)\}\supseteq B(x_i^0,30r). Corollary 2.4 gives the exact equivariance in (a), the Lipschitz and Laplacian bounds, and |Φi−ui|≤Ψr|\Phi _i-u_i|\le \Psi r on B(xi0,9r)B(x_i^0,9r). It also shows that Φi\Phi _i is an (m,Ψ)(m,\Psi )-splitting map on B(xi0,5r)B(x_i^0,5r) and, by doubling, on every B(x,r/10)B(x,r/10) with x∈B(xi0,4r)x\in B(x_i^0,4r). This is (b).

The limit. Uniform Lipschitz bounds give, from every subsequence, a further subsequence for which Φi\Phi _i converges uniformly under fi′f_i' on B(xi0,7r)B(x_i^0,7r) to a Lipschitz map Φ∞\Phi _\infty on BW′(w0′,7r)B_{W'}(w_0',7r). The family L\mathcal L of all such limits is bounded, equicontinuous, and closed by a diagonal argument, hence compact. Part (a) and the almost equivariance of fi′f_i' make every Φ∞∈L\Phi _\infty \in \mathcal L C0C_0-equivariant. Since fi′(xi0)→w0′f_i'(x_i^0)\to w_0' and Π(w0′)=0\Pi (w_0')=0, the centring constant satisfies |Π(fi′(xi0))|≤Ψr+o(1)|\Pi (f_i'(x_i^0))|\le \Psi r+o(1). Absorbing it into the modulus gives |Φi−Π∘fi′|≤2Ψr|\Phi _i-\Pi \circ f_i'|\le 2\Psi r on B(xi0,9r)B(x_i^0,9r), and hence |Φ∞−Π|≤Ψr|\Phi _\infty -\Pi |\le \Psi r on BW′(w0′,7r)B_{W'}(w_0',7r). The margin between the radii 9r9r and 7r7r absorbs the o(1)o(1) error by which fi′f_i' may move a point across a fixed-radius boundary.

It remains to prove that Φ∞\Phi _\infty is injective and open on BW′(w0′,r/8)B_{W'}(w_0',r/8). Lift Φi\Phi _i to X^i\hat X_i. The lifts are KiK_i-invariant and converge uniformly to Φ∞∘P′\Phi _\infty \circ P' under (X^i,Ki)→(Y,K)(\hat X_i,K_i)\to (Y,K), so Φ∞∘P′\Phi _\infty \circ P' is H0H_0-invariant. Local isometry preserves the Lipschitz and Laplacian bounds in (b); pmGH stability of Sobolev functions and Laplacians [AH18, Thm. 4.2, Cor. 4.3, Thm. 4.4] therefore gives

Lip⁡(Φ∞∘P′)≤C(N),|Δ(Φ∞∘P′)|≤Ψ/ron B(y0,6r).\operatorname {Lip}(\Phi _\infty \circ P')\le C(N),\qquad |\Delta (\Phi _\infty \circ P')|\le \Psi /r \quad \text {on }B(y_0,6r).

Let ζ=(ζ′,ζ″)\zeta =(\zeta ',\zeta '') be the aligned full harmonic splitting map constructed at y0y_0 in the proof of Proposition 5.2, using the same labelled approximation. Both ζ″\zeta '' and Φ∞∘P′\Phi _\infty \circ P' are CΨrC\Psi r-close to the same transverse coordinate. Hence

‖Φ∞∘P′−ζ″‖L∞(B(y0,6r))≤CΨr.\|\Phi _\infty \circ P'-\zeta ''\|_{L^\infty (B(y_0,6r))}\le C\Psi r.
For z∈B(y0,2r)z\in B(y_0,2r), Lemma 2.5, at scale 2r2r, makes
Υ~z:=(ζ′,Φ∞∘P′)\widetilde \Upsilon _z:=(\zeta ',\Phi _\infty \circ P')
a full splitting map and a bi-Hölder open embedding on B(z,r)B(z,r); Lemma 4.1 supplies the Reifenberg hypothesis. Its last mm coordinates are H0H_0-invariant. After decreasing ϵ\epsilon, Lemma 2.6 therefore identifies their local level sets with the H0H_0-orbits. Consequently, Φ∞∘P′\Phi _\infty \circ P' descends to a continuous, injective, open map on BW(w0,r/8)B_W(w_0,r/8). This ball maps isometrically to BW′(w0′,r/8)B_{W'}(w_0',r/8), proving (c). ∎

The limit Φ∞\Phi _\infty may depend on the subsequence. The next lemma gives moduli that are uniform over all of L\mathcal L; these will make the later geometric choices subsequence-independent.

Lemma 7.2 (Uniform charts). There are non-decreasing functions ω1,ω2:(0,r/100]→(0,∞)\omega _1,\omega _2\colon (0,r/100]\to (0,\infty ) such that, for all Φ∈L\Phi \in \mathcal L, distinct a,b∈BW′(w0′,r/9)a,b\in B_{W'}(w_0',r/9) and t∈(0,r/100]t\in (0,r/100],

|Φ(a)−Φ(b)|≥ω1(min{d(a,b),r/100}),Φ(B(a,t))⊃B(Φ(a),ω2(t)).|\Phi (a)-\Phi (b)|\ge \omega _1\bigl (\min \{d(a,b),r/100\}\bigr ),\qquad \Phi (B(a,t))\supset B(\Phi (a),\omega _2(t)).

Proof.If the first modulus failed, compactness of L\mathcal L would produce a non-injective limit. For the second, uniform convergence and Brouwer degree show that any map sufficiently close to an embedding on B¯(a,t/2)\bar B(a,t/2) covers a fixed ball about its value at aa. Compactness makes the radius uniform in both Φ∈L\Phi \in \mathcal L and a∈B(w0′,r/9)a\in B(w_0',r/9). ∎

7.2. Local bundles. We localize Φi\Phi _i over small Euclidean balls. Lemma 6.9 gives a topological submersion, and properness upgrades it to a fibre bundle.

Lemma 7.3 (Local bundles). In the setting of Proposition 7.1, let Φi→Φ∞∈L\Phi _i\to \Phi _\infty \in \mathcal L along a subsequence, and let DD be an open Euclidean ball with D¯⊂Φ∞(BW′(w0′,r/16))\bar D\subset \Phi _\infty (B_{W'}(w_0',r/16)). For large ii in the subsequence, the set Ei(D):=Φi−1(D)∩B(xi0,r)E_i(D):=\Phi _i^{-1}(D)\cap B(x_i^0,r) lies in B(xi0,r/8)B(x_i^0,r/8), satisfies fi′(Ei(D))⊂BW′(w0′,r/9)f_i'(E_i(D))\subset B_{W'}(w_0',r/9), and Φi:Ei(D)→D\Phi _i\colon E_i(D)\to D is a fibre bundle whose fibre is a closed kk-manifold. Moreover Φ∞−1(D)⊂BW′(w0′,r/8)\Phi _\infty ^{-1}(D)\subset B_{W'}(w_0',r/8), and (fi′)−1(L)⊂Ei(D)(f_i')^{-1}(L)\subset E_i(D) for every compact L⊂Φ∞−1(D)L\subset \Phi _\infty ^{-1}(D) and large ii.

Proof.Localization. Regard Φ∞−1(D)\Phi _\infty ^{-1}(D) as a subset of BW′(w0′,7r)B_{W'}(w_0',7r). Proposition 7.1(c) gives |Φ∞(w)−Φ∞(w0′)|≥d(w,w0′)−3Ψr|\Phi _\infty (w)-\Phi _\infty (w_0')|\ge d(w,w_0')-3\Psi r there. Since D⊂Bm(Φ∞(w0′),r/16+3Ψr)D\subset B^m(\Phi _\infty (w_0'),r/16+3\Psi r), the condition Φ∞(w)∈D\Phi _\infty (w)\in D forces d(w,w0′)≤r/16+6Ψrd(w,w_0')\le r/16+6\Psi r. We fixed ϵ\epsilon so that 1/16+6Ψ<1/91/16+6\Psi <1/9. Thus Φi=Φ∞∘fi′+o(1)\Phi _i=\Phi _\infty \circ f_i'+o(1) gives both Ei(D)⊂B(xi0,r/8)E_i(D)\subset B(x_i^0,r/8) and fi′(Ei(D))⊂BW′(w0′,r/9)f_i'(E_i(D))\subset B_{W'}(w_0',r/9) for large ii. It also gives properness, because the preimage of a compact L⊂DL\subset D is closed in B¯(xi0,r/8)\bar B(x_i^0,r/8).

Bundle structure. Let x∈Ei(D)x\in E_i(D) and set ρ:=r/100\rho :=r/100. On B(x,10ρ)=B(x,r/10)B(x,10\rho )=B(x,r/10), Proposition 7.1(b) verifies the hypotheses of Lemma 6.9, with Laplacian bound L=1L=1 and almost orthonormality error Ψ\Psi. Lemma 6.7(b) supplies the Reifenberg hypothesis: for lifts y^i→y0\hat y_i\to y_0 of xi0x_i^0, the point xx lies within r≤ηr0/1000r\le \eta r_0/1000 of xi0x_i^0, and 10ρ≤r0/810\rho \le r_0/8 by the choice of rr in §5.3. Thus Φi\Phi _i is a topological submersion at every point of Ei(D)E_i(D), and Ei(D)E_i(D) is a topological NN-manifold. The properness established above and Lemma 2.7 make Φi:Ei(D)→D\Phi _i\colon E_i(D)\to D a fibre bundle with closed kk-manifold fibre.

Finally, suppose that L⊂Φ∞−1(D)L\subset \Phi _\infty ^{-1}(D) is compact and fi′(x)∈Lf_i'(x)\in L. Then Φi(x)\Phi _i(x) lies near the compact subset Φ∞(L)⊂D\Phi _\infty (L)\subset D, while x∈B(xi0,r)x\in B(x_i^0,r). Hence x∈Ei(D)x\in E_i(D) for large ii. ∎

7.3. From the fibre group to a lattice coordinate. The preceding construction gives local bundles with closed kk-manifold fibres. To identify these fibres as tori, and the local group actions as translations, we first realize Hi′H_i' modulo torsion as a lattice in the limiting translation group. Long discrete strings approximate the coordinate axes, rounding places every bounded-displacement element near their span, and the fixed bounded generating set makes that span finite index. The maximal-rank identity rank⁡Hi′=k\rank H_i'=k forces the strings to be independent. Multiplication by the index gives an exact homomorphism ℓi:Hi′→Rk\ell _i\colon H_i'\to \R ^k, and a doubling estimate controls it on short elements. Torsion will be eliminated only after the local product chart has been constructed. Standing notation for Sections 7.3–7.5. Fix x∈Gx\in G. By definition of GG, there are y0∈R(Y)y_0\in \mathcal R(Y) and w′∈BW′(w0′,r/16)w'\in B_{W'}(w_0',r/16) lying over xx, where w0′w_0' and r=r(y0)r=r(y_0) are as in §7.1. As in the proof of Lemma 5.4(b), Cw′≤C0C_{w'}\le C_0 as subgroups of CC. Choose y∈Yy\in Y over w′w' with d(y,y0)=d(w′,w0′)d(y,y_0)=d(w',w_0'). Let r∗≤r/100r_*\le r/100 be admissible for Lemma 6.6 at xx, and set Λi:=Πi−1(Cw′)\Lambda _i:=\Pi _i^{-1}(C_{w'}).

  • We write HiH_i and its subgroups additively, and their actions multiplicatively: λz\lambda z, and λ−1z:=(−λ)z\lambda ^{-1}z:=(-\lambda )z.
  • CC is the torsion subgroup of HH and contains every stabilizer (Lemma 6.6). So each element of pr−1(C)=H0⊕C\pr ^{-1}(C)=H_0\oplus C has an H0H_0-component.
  • Choose lifts y^i∈X^i\hat y_i\in \hat X_i of xi0x_i^0 with y^i→y0\hat y_i\to y_0, and write π:X^i→Xi′\pi \colon \hat X_i\to X_i' for the projection. In §§7.3–7.4 we measure displacement at y^i\hat y_i: di(g):=d(gy^i,y^i)\mathfrak d_i(g):=d(g\hat y_i,\hat y_i), Hi′(R):={g∈Hi′:di(g)≤R}H_i'(R):=\{g\in H_i':\mathfrak d_i(g)\le R\} and Λi(R):={λ∈Λi:di(λ)≤R}\Lambda _i(R):=\{\lambda \in \Lambda _i:\mathfrak d_i(\lambda )\le R\}. This changes Hi′(R)H_i'(R) of §6 only by a bounded shift of RR.
  • Ψ=Ψ(ϵ,η|N)\Psi =\Psi (\epsilon ,\eta \,|\,N), and o(1)o(1) is as i→∞i\to \infty with the other parameters fixed. The constants ϵ,η\epsilon ,\eta of §5.3 are taken so small that ϵ≤ϵ1(N)\epsilon \le \epsilon _1(N) from Lemma 4.9, that CΨ≤10−3C\Psi \le 10^{-3} for the finitely many constants C=C(N)C=C(N) below, and that Ψ\Psi is below the thresholds of [HHWZ26, Thms. 2.5 and 2.10] used in §7.4.

The model at scale rr. Since r≤rϵ(y0)r\le r_\epsilon (y_0), the labelled equivariant space (r−1Y,y0;H0,Cy0)(r^{-1}Y,y_0;H_0,C_{y_0}) is ϵ\epsilon-close, on balls of radius 1/ϵ1/\epsilon, to (Rk×Rm,0;translations of Rk,(id,ρ0))(\R ^k\times \R ^m,0;\text {translations of }\R ^k,(\mathrm {id},\rho _0)). Let F=(F′,F″)\mathcal F=(\mathcal F',\mathcal F'') denote the corresponding approximation in the unscaled metric.

  • By Lemma 4.9, its group part is Ψr\Psi r-close, on elements of displacement at most 50r50r, to a linear isomorphism H0→RkH_0\to \R ^k. We identify H0H_0 with Rk\R ^k through that isomorphism and write d0(v):=d(vy0,y0)\mathfrak d_0(v):=d(vy_0,y_0).
  • F″\mathcal F'' is Ψr\Psi r-almost H0H_0-invariant. We take the approximation Π\Pi in the proof of Proposition 7.1 to be the map that F″\mathcal F'' induces on W′W'.

Compose F\mathcal F with the equivariant convergence (X^i,y^i,Hi)→(Y,y0,H)(\hat X_i,\hat y_i,H_i)\to (Y,y_0,H). Corollary 6.5 makes this convergence compatible with (Xi′,xi0,C)→(W′,w0′,C)(X_i',x_i^0,C)\to (W',w_0',C). For large ii, we obtain Ψr\Psi r-GH approximations

Fi=(Fi′,Fi″):B(y^i,r/(2ϵ))→Rk×Rm,Fi(y^i)=0,\mathcal F_i=(\mathcal F_i',\mathcal F_i'')\colon B(\hat y_i,r/(2\epsilon ))\to \R ^k\times \R ^m,\qquad \mathcal F_i(\hat y_i)=0,

with |Fi″−Π∘fi′∘π|≤Ψr+o(1)|\mathcal F_i''-\Pi \circ f_i'\circ \pi |\le \Psi r+o(1) on B(y^i,10r)B(\hat y_i,10r). For every bounded-displacement λ∈Λi\lambda \in \Lambda _i, Proposition 6.2(a) gives prϕi(λ)=Πi(λ)∈Cw′\pr \phi _i(\lambda )=\Pi _i(\lambda )\in C_{w'}. Define ϕi0(λ)\phi _i^0(\lambda ) to be the H0H_0-component of ϕi(λ)\phi _i(\lambda ) under H=H0⊕Zb⊕CH=H_0\oplus \Z ^b\oplus C. Then ϕi(λ)=ϕi0(λ)+Πi(λ)∈H0⊕Cw′\phi _i(\lambda )=\phi _i^0(\lambda )+\Pi _i(\lambda )\in H_0\oplus C_{w'}, and ϕi0=ϕi\phi _i^0=\phi _i on bounded-displacement elements of Hi′H_i'. The Cw′C_{w'}-component lies in Cy0C_{y_0} and acts on the model by (id,ρ0)(\mathrm {id},\rho _0). Hence, for 0<R≤400<R\le 40, uniformly for λ∈Λi\lambda \in \Lambda _i with di(λ)≤Rr\mathfrak d_i(\lambda )\le Rr and z,λz∈B(y^i,Rr)z,\lambda z\in B(\hat y_i,Rr),

(12)|Fi′(λz)−Fi′(z)−ϕi0(λ)|≤Ψr+o(1),|Fi″(λz)−ρ0(Πiλ)Fi″(z)|≤Ψr+o(1).\begin{equation}\label {eq:modeleq} \bigl |\mathcal F_i'(\lambda z)-\mathcal F_i'(z)-\phi _i^0(\lambda )\bigr |\le \Psi r+o(1),\qquad \bigl |\mathcal F_i''(\lambda z)-\rho _0(\Pi _i\lambda )\mathcal F_i''(z)\bigr |\le \Psi r+o(1). \end{equation}

Three consequences of convergence. The function d0\mathfrak d_0 is continuous, positive on H0∖{0}H_0\setminus \{0\} by freeness, and proper by Lemma 2.1(a). For c>0c>0 set d0∗(c):=max{d0(v):|v|≤c}\mathfrak d_0^*(c):=\max \{\mathfrak d_0(v):|v|\le c\}, and for t>0t>0 set κ(t):=max{|v|:d0(v)≤t}\kappa (t):=\max \{|v|:\mathfrak d_0(v)\le t\}. Both functions are finite and non-decreasing, and κ(t)→0\kappa (t)\to 0 as t↓0t\downarrow 0. Proposition 6.2 and equivariant convergence give the following facts, uniformly for each fixed RR:

  • di(g)=d0(ϕi(g))+o(1)\mathfrak d_i(g)=\mathfrak d_0(\phi _i(g))+o(1) for g∈Hi′(R)g\in H_i'(R);
  • ϕi0(g+h)=ϕi0(g)+ϕi0(h)+o(1)\phi _i^0(g+h)=\phi _i^0(g)+\phi _i^0(h)+o(1) and ϕi0(−g)=−ϕi0(g)+o(1)\phi _i^0(-g)=-\phi _i^0(g)+o(1) for g,h∈Λi(R)g,h\in \Lambda _i(R);
  • for every c>0c>0, each v∈H0v\in H_0 with |v|≤c|v|\le c satisfies v=ϕi(g)+o(1)v=\phi _i(g)+o(1) for some g∈Hi′(d0∗(c)+1)g\in H_i'(\mathfrak d_0^*(c)+1).

For a∈Rka\in \R ^k, write ⌊a⌉∈Zk\lfloor a\rceil \in \Z ^k for coordinatewise rounding to a nearest integer, with either choice at half-integers.

Proposition 7.4 (The lattice coordinate). For large ii:

(a)
there is a homomorphism ℓi:Hi′→Rk\ell _i\colon H_i'\to \R ^k satisfying supg∈Hi′(R)|ℓi(g)−ϕi(g)|→0\sup _{g\in H_i'(R)}|\ell _i(g)-\phi _i(g)|\to 0 for every RR;
(b)
ker⁡ℓi=Tor⁡(Hi′)\ker \ell _i=\Tor (H_i'), and Li:=ℓi(Hi′)L_i:=\ell _i(H_i') is a full lattice in Rk\R ^k.

Proof.Put R1:=d0∗(1)+1R_1:=\mathfrak d_0^*(1)+1, and let e1,…,eke_1,\dots ,e_k be the standard basis of the fixed identification H0=RkH_0=\R ^k.

Step 1: long coordinate strings. We claim that there are integers Ni→∞N_i\to \infty, elements ui,1,…,ui,k∈Hi′u_{i,1},\dots ,u_{i,k}\in H_i', and numbers ηi→0\eta _i\to 0 such that, for |n|≤Ni|n|\le N_i,

(13)nui,j∈Hi′(R1),|ϕi(nui,j)−nNiej|≤ηi.\begin{equation}\label {eq:strings} n u_{i,j}\in H_i'(R_1),\qquad \left |\phi _i(n u_{i,j})-\frac n{N_i}e_j\right |\le \eta _i. \end{equation}
Fix an integer MM. The third convergence fact supplies ui,j(M)∈Hi′(R1)u_{i,j}^{(M)}\in H_i'(R_1) with ϕi(ui,j(M))=M−1ej+o(1)\phi _i(u_{i,j}^{(M)})=M^{-1}e_j+o(1). Suppose inductively that nui,j(M)∈Hi′(R1)n u_{i,j}^{(M)}\in H_i'(R_1) and has the expected ϕi\phi _i-coordinate. Subadditivity first puts (n+1)ui,j(M)(n+1)u_{i,j}^{(M)} in Hi′(2R1)H_i'(2R_1). Approximate additivity and the displacement comparison on that fixed ball give
ϕi((n+1)ui,j(M))=n+1Mej+o(1),di((n+1)ui,j(M))≤d0∗(1)+o(1)<R1.\phi _i((n+1)u_{i,j}^{(M)})=\frac {n+1}{M}e_j+o(1), \qquad \mathfrak d_i((n+1)u_{i,j}^{(M)})\le \mathfrak d_0^*(1)+o(1)<R_1.
The inverse relation treats negative nn. For fixed MM there are only finitely many jj and |n|≤M|n|\le M, so choose increasing indices i(M)≥Mi(M)\ge M such that all these errors are at most 1/M1/M whenever i≥i(M)i\ge i(M). Define
Ni:=max{M≤i:i(M)≤i},ui,j:=ui,j(Ni).N_i:=\max \{M\le i:i(M)\le i\}, \qquad u_{i,j}:=u_{i,j}^{(N_i)}.
After discarding finitely many indices, this proves (13) with ηi≤Ni−1\eta _i\le N_i^{-1}.

Write evi⁡(n):=∑j=1knjui,j\operatorname {ev}_i(n):=\sum _{j=1}^kn_ju_{i,j} and Λi′:=evi⁡(Zk)\Lambda _i':=\operatorname {ev}_i(\Z ^k).

Step 2: rounding to Λi′\Lambda _i'. For g∈Hi′(R)g\in H_i'(R) define ni(g):=⌊Niϕi(g)⌉n_i(g):=\lfloor N_i\phi _i(g)\rceil and g♯:=evi⁡(ni(g))g^\sharp :=\operatorname {ev}_i(n_i(g)). We claim that

(14)τi(R):=supg∈Hi′(R)di(g−g♯)⟶0\begin{equation}\label {eq:rounding} \tau _i(R):=\sup _{g\in H_i'(R)}\mathfrak d_i(g-g^\sharp )\longrightarrow 0 \end{equation}
for every fixed RR. The displacement comparison gives |ϕi(g)|≤κ(R+1)|\phi _i(g)|\le \kappa (R+1) for large ii. Put PR:=⌈κ(R+1)⌉+2P_R:=\lceil \kappa (R+1)\rceil +2. Each coordinate of ni(g)n_i(g) is a sum of at most PRP_R integers of absolute value at most NiN_i. Thus g♯g^\sharp is a sum of at most kPRkP_R axis pieces covered by (13), and all partial sums lie in Hi′(kPRR1)H_i'(kP_RR_1). Uniform approximate additivity on that fixed ball gives
ϕi(g♯)=ni(g)Ni+o(1)=ϕi(g)+o(1).\phi _i(g^\sharp )=\frac {n_i(g)}{N_i}+o(1)=\phi _i(g)+o(1).
Now g−g♯g-g^\sharp and all terms used to form it lie in one fixed displacement ball depending only on RR. Applying the inverse and addition relations there, followed by the displacement comparison, proves (14) uniformly in gg.

Step 3: finite index and independence. Fix δ>0\delta >0 and take ii so large that τi(2δ)≤δ\tau _i(2\delta )\le \delta and τi(R2)≤δ\tau _i(R_2)\le \delta, where R2R_2 is the generating radius in Lemma 6.3(a). If a,b∈Hi′(δ)a,b\in H_i'(\delta ), then

a+b=(a+b)♯+c,c∈Hi′(δ).a+b=(a+b)^\sharp +c,\qquad c\in H_i'(\delta ).
The set Hi′(δ)H_i'(\delta ) is finite because the deck action is properly discontinuous. Consequently, its image in Fi:=Hi′/Λi′F_i:=H_i'/\Lambda _i' is a finite symmetric set closed under addition, and is therefore a subgroup. For every generator g∈Hi′(R2)g\in H_i'(R_2), the rounding estimate writes g=g♯+cg=g^\sharp +c with c∈Hi′(δ)c\in H_i'(\delta ). Thus the image of Hi′(δ)H_i'(\delta ) contains the images of the generating set from Lemma 6.3(a), so it equals FiF_i. Hence FiF_i is finite and every coset of Λi′\Lambda _i' meets Hi′(δ)H_i'(\delta ).

Finite index and Lemma 6.3(b) give rank⁡Λi′=rank⁡Hi′=k\rank \Lambda _i'=\rank H_i'=k. The surjection evi:Zk→Λi′\operatorname {ev}_i\colon \Z ^k\to \Lambda _i' therefore has a rank-zero kernel. Every subgroup of Zk\Z ^k is free, so the kernel is trivial and evi\operatorname {ev}_i is an isomorphism onto Λi′\Lambda _i'.

Step 4: an exact homomorphism. Put Ii:=|Fi|I_i:=|F_i|. For g∈Hi′g\in H_i' there is a unique mi(g)∈Zkm_i(g)\in \Z ^k with Iig=evi⁡(mi(g))I_ig=\operatorname {ev}_i(m_i(g)). Uniqueness makes mim_i additive. Define ℓi(g):=mi(g)/(IiNi)\ell _i(g):=m_i(g)/(I_iN_i). Then ℓi\ell _i is a homomorphism, ℓi(evi⁡(n))=n/Ni\ell _i(\operatorname {ev}_i(n))=n/N_i, and ker⁡ℓi=Tor⁡(Hi′)\ker \ell _i=\Tor (H_i'). Indeed, ℓi(g)=0\ell _i(g)=0 exactly when Iig=0I_ig=0. Conversely, Tor⁡(Hi′)\Tor (H_i') injects into FiF_i because Λi′\Lambda _i' is torsion-free, so the order of every torsion element divides IiI_i.

Step 5: the doubling estimate. For fixed δ>0\delta >0, let μi(δ):=maxc∈Hi′(δ)|ℓi(c)|\mu _i(\delta ):=\max _{c\in H_i'(\delta )}|\ell _i(c)|, and choose a maximizer cic_i. By (14), for large ii, 2ci=(2ci)♯+ci″2c_i=(2c_i)^\sharp +c_i'' with ci″∈Hi′(δ)c_i''\in H_i'(\delta ). Since 2ci∈Hi′(2δ)2c_i\in H_i'(2\delta ), the displacement comparison gives d0(ϕi(2ci))≤3δ\mathfrak d_0(\phi _i(2c_i))\le 3\delta for large ii. Hence

|ℓi((2ci)♯)|=|⌊Niϕi(2ci)⌉|Ni≤κ(3δ)+k2Ni.\left |\ell _i((2c_i)^\sharp )\right | =\frac {|\lfloor N_i\phi _i(2c_i)\rceil |}{N_i} \le \kappa (3\delta )+\frac {\sqrt k}{2N_i}.
Thus
(15)2μi(δ)=|ℓi(2ci)|≤|ℓi((2ci)♯)|+|ℓi(ci″)|≤κ(3δ)+k2Ni+μi(δ),henceμi(δ)≤κ(3δ)+k2Ni.\begin{equation}\label {eq:doubling} \begin {aligned} 2\mu _i(\delta )=|\ell _i(2c_i)| &\le |\ell _i((2c_i)^\sharp )|+|\ell _i(c_i'')|\\ &\le \kappa (3\delta )+\frac {\sqrt k}{2N_i}+\mu _i(\delta ), \qquad \text {hence}\qquad \mu _i(\delta )\le \kappa (3\delta )+\frac {\sqrt k}{2N_i}. \end {aligned} \end{equation}

Step 6: comparison with the limiting coordinate. Let g∈Hi′(R)g\in H_i'(R) and write g=g♯+cg=g^\sharp +c. For each fixed δ>0\delta >0, equation (14) gives c∈Hi′(δ)c\in H_i'(\delta ) for all large ii. Since ℓi(g♯)=ni(g)/Ni\ell _i(g^\sharp )=n_i(g)/N_i, equation (15) yields

|ℓi(g)−ϕi(g)|≤k2Ni+μi(δ)≤kNi+κ(3δ).|\ell _i(g)-\phi _i(g)| \le \frac {\sqrt k}{2N_i}+\mu _i(\delta ) \le \frac {\sqrt k}{N_i}+\kappa (3\delta ).
The bound is uniform on Hi′(R)H_i'(R). First let i→∞i\to \infty and then δ↓0\delta \downarrow 0. This proves (a). By Step 4, ker⁡ℓi=Tor⁡(Hi′)\ker \ell _i=\Tor (H_i'). Finally,
Ni−1Zk=ℓi(Λi′)⊂Li⊂(IiNi)−1Zk.N_i^{-1}\Z ^k=\ell _i(\Lambda _i') \subset L_i\subset (I_iN_i)^{-1}\Z ^k.
Therefore LiL_i is a full lattice. This proves (b). ∎

Since Λi/Hi′\Lambda _i/H_i' is finite, the lattice coordinate extends to the local group.

Corollary 7.5 (The local group). ℓi\ell _i extends uniquely to a homomorphism ℓi:Λi→Rk\ell _i\colon \Lambda _i\to \R ^k, namely ℓi(λ):=ℓi(eλ)/e\ell _i(\lambda ):=\ell _i(e\lambda )/e with ee the exponent of Cw′C_{w'}. For every RR, sup{|ℓi(λ)−ϕi0(λ)|:λ∈Λi(R)}→0\sup \{|\ell _i(\lambda )-\phi _i^0(\lambda )|:\lambda \in \Lambda _i(R)\}\to 0.

Proof.Πi(eλ)=eΠi(λ)=0\Pi _i(e\lambda )=e\,\Pi _i(\lambda )=0, so eλ∈Hi′e\lambda \in H_i', and the formula defines a homomorphism extending ℓi\ell _i. It is unique because Rk\R ^k is torsion-free. For λ∈Λi(R)\lambda \in \Lambda _i(R) we have eλ∈Hi′(eR)e\lambda \in H_i'(eR), and approximate additivity of ϕi0\phi _i^0 gives ϕi(eλ)=eϕi0(λ)+o(1)\phi _i(e\lambda )=e\,\phi _i^0(\lambda )+o(1). So ℓi(λ)=ℓi(eλ)/e=ϕi(eλ)/e+o(1)=ϕi0(λ)+o(1)\ell _i(\lambda )=\ell _i(e\lambda )/e=\phi _i(e\lambda )/e+o(1)=\phi _i^0(\lambda )+o(1), by Proposition 7.4(a). ∎

7.4. The orbit coordinate and the Seifert chart. The next step is analytic. We glue the local harmonic coordinates along the group orbits into a single, exactly equivariant coordinate UiU_i. Two overlapping coordinates differ by a harmonic function that is small in C0C^0, and therefore also small in C1C^1; the gluing consequently preserves the splitting estimates. Pairing UiU_i with the lift of Φi\Phi _i produces the product chart in Theorem 7.9. Setting. Work along a subsequence for which Φi→Φ∈L\Phi _i\to \Phi \in \mathcal L. Choose a ball DD centred at Φ(w′)\Phi (w') such that D¯⊂Φ(BW′(w0′,r/16))\bar D\subset \Phi (B_{W'}(w_0',r/16)). We require its preimage V:=Φ−1(D)V:=\Phi ^{-1}(D), taken in BW′(w0′,7r)B_{W'}(w_0',7r), to satisfy V¯⊂BW′(w′,r∗/10)\bar V\subset B_{W'}(w',r_*/10). Set Ei:=Φi−1(D)∩B(xi0,r)E_i:=\Phi _i^{-1}(D)\cap B(x_i^0,r). For large ii:

  • By Lemma 7.3, Ei⊂B(xi0,r/8)E_i\subset B(x_i^0,r/8), Φi:Ei→D\Phi _i\colon E_i\to D is a fibre bundle with compact fibre, hence proper, and (fi′)−1(L)⊂Ei(f_i')^{-1}(L)\subset E_i for compact L⊂VL\subset V. EiE_i is Cw′C_{w'}-invariant, because ρ0(Cw′)\rho _0(C_{w'}) preserves DD and Cw′C_{w'} moves xi0x_i^0 by o(1)o(1) (Proposition 7.1(a)).
  • Lemma 7.3 gives fi′(Ei)⊂BW′(w0′,r/9)f_i'(E_i)\subset B_{W'}(w_0',r/9), where Lemma 7.2 applies. Since Φi=Φ∘fi′+o(1)\Phi _i=\Phi \circ f_i'+o(1), the modulus ω1\omega _1 then gives fi′(Ei)⊂BW′(w′,r∗/5)f_i'(E_i)\subset B_{W'}(w',r_*/5).
  • Choose wi∈Eiw_i\in E_i with fi′(wi)→w′f_i'(w_i)\to w', and lifts w^i∈X^i\hat w_i\in \hat X_i with w^i→y\hat w_i\to y. Then qi(wi)→xq_i(w_i)\to x, where qi:Xi′→Xiq_i\colon X_i'\to X_i is the quotient map, and Ei⊂B(wi,r∗/4)E_i\subset B(w_i,r_*/4). Also B(wi,s′)⊂EiB(w_i,s')\subset E_i for some s′>0s'>0 independent of ii, since Φi(wi)→Φ(w′)\Phi _i(w_i)\to \Phi (w') and Lip⁡Φi≤C(N)\operatorname {Lip}\Phi _i\le C(N).

Let E^i:=π−1(Ei)⊂X^i\hat E_i:=\pi ^{-1}(E_i)\subset \hat X_i, and let T~i\tilde T_i be the component of E^i\hat E_i containing w^i\hat w_i.

Lemma 7.6 (The tube in the cover). For large ii:

(a)
EiE_i is connected, and π(T~i)=Ei\pi (\tilde T_i)=E_i;
(b)
the stabilizer of T~i\tilde T_i in KiK_i is Hi′H_i'; so Ei=T~i/Hi′E_i=\tilde T_i/H_i';
(c)
the stabilizer of T~i\tilde T_i in HiH_i is Λi\Lambda _i, and for each c∈Cw′c\in C_{w'} there is λc∈Πi−1(c)\lambda _c\in \Pi _i^{-1}(c) with d(λcw^i,w^i)→0d(\lambda _c\hat w_i,\hat w_i)\to 0;
(d)
T~i⊂Hi′⋅B(w^i,r∗/4)\tilde T_i\subset H_i'\cdot B(\hat w_i,r_*/4).

Proof.Notation. Put t:=r∗/4t:=r_*/4. Let B^\hat B be the component through w^i\hat w_i of π−1(B(wi,t))\pi ^{-1}(B(w_i,t)), and B^X\hat B^X the component through w^i\hat w_i of the preimage in X^i\hat X_i of B(qi(wi),t)⊂XiB(q_i(w_i),t)\subset X_i; so B^⊂B^X\hat B\subset \hat B^X. Lemma 6.6, applied with pi:=qi(wi)→xp_i:=q_i(w_i)\to x, q^i:=w^i→y\hat q_i:=\hat w_i\to y and the admissible radius tt, gives StabHi(B^X)=Λi\Stab _{H_i}(\hat B^X)=\Lambda _i. If κ∈Ki\kappa \in K_i stabilizes B^\hat B, then κB^X∩B^X≠∅\kappa \hat B^X\cap \hat B^X\ne \emptyset, so

(16)StabKi(B^)⊂Ki∩Λi=Hi′,\begin{equation}\label {eq:stabK} \Stab _{K_i}(\hat B)\subset K_i\cap \Lambda _i=H_i' , \end{equation}
since χ\chi is the identity on CC. Let B^′\hat B' be the component through w^i\hat w_i of π−1(B(wi,s′))\pi ^{-1}(B(w_i,s')). By Lemma 6.4 with Zi=Xi′Z_i=X_i', Hi′H_i' stabilizes B^′\hat B' for large ii. Since B^′\hat B' is connected, contains w^i\hat w_i and lies in E^i\hat E_i, we have B^′⊂T~i\hat B'\subset \tilde T_i. Also B(w^i,s′)⊂B^′B(\hat w_i,s')\subset \hat B'.

(a) Each component of EiE_i is open and maps onto DD, since Φi:Ei→D\Phi _i\colon E_i\to D is a fibre bundle. Let x0,x1∈Eix_0,x_1\in E_i lie over the centre Φ(w′)\Phi (w') of DD. Since Φi=Φ∘fi′+o(1)\Phi _i=\Phi \circ f_i'+o(1), and Φ\Phi has the injectivity modulus ω1\omega _1 of Lemma 7.2 on BW′(w0′,r/9)⊃fi′(Ei)B_{W'}(w_0',r/9)\supset f_i'(E_i), we get d(fi′(x0),fi′(x1))→0d(f_i'(x_0),f_i'(x_1))\to 0; hence d(x0,x1)→0d(x_0,x_1)\to 0, uniformly. The ball B(x0,2d(x0,x1))B(x_0,2d(x_0,x_1)) is connected, and lies in EiE_i for large ii, because Lip⁡Φi≤C(N)\operatorname {Lip}\Phi _i\le C(N) and the centre of DD is interior. So all points over the centre lie in one component, and EiE_i is connected. Since E^i→Ei\hat E_i\to E_i is a covering of a connected, locally path-connected space, each of its components maps onto EiE_i.

(b) Since Ei⊂B(wi,t)E_i\subset B(w_i,t), we have T~i⊂B^\tilde T_i\subset \hat B. If κ∈Ki\kappa \in K_i stabilizes T~i\tilde T_i, it stabilizes B^\hat B, so κ∈Hi′\kappa \in H_i' by (16). Conversely, for h∈Hi′h\in H_i' the set hT~i⊃hB^′=B^′h\tilde T_i\supset h\hat B'=\hat B' meets T~i\tilde T_i, so hT~i=T~ih\tilde T_i=\tilde T_i. With (a), Ei=T~i/Hi′E_i=\tilde T_i/H_i'.

(c) If h∈Hih\in H_i stabilizes T~i\tilde T_i, it stabilizes B^X⊃T~i\hat B^X\supset \tilde T_i, so h∈Λih\in \Lambda _i. For c∈Cw′c\in C_{w'}, let hc∈Cy=StabH(y)h_c\in C_y=\Stab _H(y) be the element over cc (Lemma 6.6), and put λc:=ψi(hc)\lambda _c:=\psi _i(h_c). Then Πi(λc)=c\Pi _i(\lambda _c)=c by Proposition 6.2(a), and λc\lambda _c moves w^i\hat w_i by o(1)o(1), since hch_c fixes yy. It maps E^i\hat E_i to itself, as EiE_i is Cw′C_{w'}-invariant, and λcw^i∈B(w^i,s′)⊂T~i\lambda _c\hat w_i\in B(\hat w_i,s')\subset \tilde T_i for large ii. So λcT~i=T~i\lambda _c\tilde T_i=\tilde T_i. The λc\lambda _c and Hi′H_i' generate Λi\Lambda _i.

(d) Let z∈T~iz\in \tilde T_i. Since π(z)∈Ei⊂B(wi,t)\pi (z)\in E_i\subset B(w_i,t), there is κ∈Ki\kappa \in K_i with d(κ−1z,w^i)<td(\kappa ^{-1}z,\hat w_i)<t. The ball B(w^i,t)B(\hat w_i,t) is connected and projects into B(wi,t)B(w_i,t), so it lies in B^\hat B. Thus zz and κ−1z\kappa ^{-1}z both lie in B^\hat B, so κ\kappa stabilizes B^\hat B, and κ∈Hi′\kappa \in H_i' by (16). Hence z∈κB(w^i,t)⊂Hi′⋅B(w^i,r∗/4)z\in \kappa B(\hat w_i,t)\subset H_i'\cdot B(\hat w_i,r_*/4). ∎

The gluing below uses a partition of unity indexed by Λi\Lambda _i, so we must bound how many translates can be active at a single point.

Lemma 7.7 (Counting orbit points). For large ii and every z∈X^iz\in \hat X_i with d(z,Λiw^i)<r/4d(z,\Lambda _i\hat w_i)<r/4,

M(z):=#{λ∈Λi:d(λ−1z,w^i)<2r}≤C(N)#{λ∈Λi:d(λ−1z,w^i)<r/2}=:C(N)M′(z).\mathcal M(z):=\#\{\lambda \in \Lambda _i:d(\lambda ^{-1}z,\hat w_i)<2r\} \le C(N)\,\#\{\lambda \in \Lambda _i:d(\lambda ^{-1}z,\hat w_i)<r/2\} =:C(N)\mathcal M'(z).

Proof.Both counts are Λi\Lambda _i-invariant, so assume d(z,w^i)<r/4d(z,\hat w_i)<r/4. Put

As(z):={λ∈Λi:d(λz,z)<s}.A_s(z):=\{\lambda \in \Lambda _i:d(\lambda z,z)<s\}.
Since inversion is a bijection of Λi\Lambda _i, the triangle inequality gives M(z)≤|A9r/4(z)|\mathcal M(z)\le |A_{9r/4}(z)| and M′(z)≥|Ar/5(z)|\mathcal M'(z)\ge |A_{r/5}(z)|. Choose a maximal r/10r/10-separated subset of the orbit points A9r/4(z)z⊂B(z,9r/4)A_{9r/4}(z)z\subset B(z,9r/4). The local doubling estimate following from Bishop–Gromov, together with |K|r2≤1|K|r^2\le 1, bounds its cardinality by C(N)C(N). Maximality shows that every λ∈A9r/4(z)\lambda \in A_{9r/4}(z) can be written as λj+h\lambda _j+h, where λj\lambda _j is one of the chosen elements and h∈Ar/10(z)h\in A_{r/10}(z). Since the deck action is free,
|A9r/4(z)|≤C(N)|Ar/10(z)|≤C(N)|Ar/5(z)|.|A_{9r/4}(z)|\le C(N)|A_{r/10}(z)| \le C(N)|A_{r/5}(z)|.
∎

Local orbit charts. Lemma 6.7(b) and the inequality r≤ϵηr0/1000r\le \epsilon \eta r_0/1000 show that every ball of radius at most 160r160r, centred in B(y^i,40r)B(\hat y_i,40r), is Ψ\Psi-close to Euclidean in the measured sense. The maximal abelian cover X^i\hat X_i is non-compact because its deck group has positive rank. The splitting theorem [HHWZ26, Thm. 2.5], Euclidean alignment (Lemma 4.5(b)), and harmonic replacement (Lemma 2.3) therefore give

ξi=(ξi′,ξi″):B(y^i,40r)→Rk×Rm,|ξi−Fi|≤Ψr on B(y^i,5r).\xi _i=(\xi _i',\xi _i'')\colon B(\hat y_i,40r)\to \R ^k\times \R ^m,\qquad |\xi _i-\mathcal F_i|\le \Psi r\ \text {on }B(\hat y_i,5r).

Here ξi\xi _i is harmonic, |∇ξi|≤C(N)|\nabla \xi _i|\le C(N) on B(y^i,30r)B(\hat y_i,30r), and ξi\xi _i is an (N,Ψ)(N,\Psi )-splitting map on every B(z,s)⊂B(y^i,30r)B(z,s)\subset B(\hat y_i,30r) with s≥r/100s\ge r/100; the last assertion follows by doubling. If λ∈Λi\lambda \in \Lambda _i and z,λz∈B(y^i,5r)z,\lambda z\in B(\hat y_i,5r), then di(λ)≤20r\mathfrak d_i(\lambda )\le 20r. Equation (12) and Corollary 7.5 now give

(17)|ξi′(λz)−ξi′(z)−ℓi(λ)|≤4Ψr.\begin{equation}\label {eq:approxeq} \bigl |\xi _i'(\lambda z)-\xi _i'(z)-\ell _i(\lambda )\bigr |\le 4\Psi r . \end{equation}

Partition of unity. Let b:X^i→[0,1]b\colon \hat X_i\to [0,1] be a good cut-off function [MN19, Lemma 3.1]: b=1b=1 on B(w^i,r/2)B(\hat w_i,r/2), supp⁡b⊂B(w^i,r)\operatorname {supp}b\subset B(\hat w_i,r), and r|∇b|+r2|Δb|≤C(N)r|\nabla b|+r^2|\Delta b|\le C(N). Put

S(z):=∑λ∈Λib(λ−1z),ϖλ(z):=b(λ−1z)/S(z).S(z):=\sum _{\lambda \in \Lambda _i}b(\lambda ^{-1}z),\qquad \varpi _\lambda (z):=b(\lambda ^{-1}z)/S(z).

Let Ωi:=Λi⋅B(w^i,r/4)\Omega _i:=\Lambda _i\cdot B(\hat w_i,r/4); it contains T~i\tilde T_i. On Ωi\Omega _i, the sum is locally finite, S≥M′≥1S\ge \mathcal M'\ge 1, ∑λϖλ=1\sum _\lambda \varpi _\lambda =1, and ϖλ(μz)=ϖλ−μ(z)\varpi _\lambda (\mu z)=\varpi _{\lambda -\mu }(z). By Lemma 7.7, at most C(N)S(z)C(N)S(z) terms are active on B(z,r)B(z,r). Combining this bound with the cutoff estimates and the chain and product rules [Gig15, Prop. 4.28, Thm. 4.29], we obtain, almost everywhere on Ωi\Omega _i,

(18)∑λ|∇ϖλ|≤Cr,∑λ|Δϖλ|≤Cr2,C=C(N).\begin{equation}\label {eq:weights} \sum _\lambda |\nabla \varpi _\lambda |\le \frac {C}{r},\qquad \sum _\lambda |\Delta \varpi _\lambda |\le \frac {C}{r^2},\qquad C=C(N). \end{equation}

Proposition 7.8 (Equivariant orbit coordinate). For large ii, the map

Ui(z):=∑λ∈Λiϖλ(z)(ξi′(λ−1z)+ℓi(λ)),z∈Ωi,U_i(z):=\sum _{\lambda \in \Lambda _i}\varpi _\lambda (z)\bigl (\xi _i'(\lambda ^{-1}z)+\ell _i(\lambda )\bigr ),\qquad z\in \Omega _i,
is well defined, locally Lipschitz and in the domain of the local Laplacian on Ωi\Omega _i, and satisfies:
(a)
Ui(λz)=Ui(z)+ℓi(λ)U_i(\lambda z)=U_i(z)+\ell _i(\lambda ) for all λ∈Λi\lambda \in \Lambda _i;
(b)
on B(w^i,r/8)B(\hat w_i,r/8): |Ui−ξi′|≤4Ψr|U_i-\xi _i'|\le 4\Psi r and |∇Ui−∇ξi′|≤CΨ|\nabla U_i-\nabla \xi _i'|\le C\Psi;
(c)
|ΔUi|≤CΨ/r|\Delta U_i|\le C\Psi /r and |∇Ui|≤C(N)|\nabla U_i|\le C(N) on Ωi\Omega _i.

Proof.If ϖλ(z)>0\varpi _\lambda (z)>0, then λ−1z∈B(w^i,r)⊂B(y^i,2r)\lambda ^{-1}z\in B(\hat w_i,r)\subset B(\hat y_i,2r), so every summand is defined. Write uλ:=ξi′∘λ−1+ℓi(λ)u^\lambda :=\xi _i'\circ \lambda ^{-1}+\ell _i(\lambda ); this function is harmonic on its domain.

(a) In the formula for Ui(μz)U_i(\mu z), use ϖλ(μz)=ϖλ−μ(z)\varpi _\lambda (\mu z)=\varpi _{\lambda -\mu }(z) and then substitute λ=μ+λ′\lambda =\mu +\lambda '. Since ∑λ′ϖλ′=1\sum _{\lambda '}\varpi _{\lambda '}=1, the result is Ui(μz)=Ui(z)+ℓi(μ)U_i(\mu z)=U_i(z)+\ell _i(\mu ).

Comparison of summands. Let z∈Ωiz\in \Omega _i, and suppose that λ,μ∈Λi\lambda ,\mu \in \Lambda _i satisfy d(λ−1z,w^i)<2rd(\lambda ^{-1}z,\hat w_i)<2r and d(μ−1z,w^i)<2rd(\mu ^{-1}z,\hat w_i)<2r. Set y′:=λ−1zy':=\lambda ^{-1}z and g:=λ−μg:=\lambda -\mu, so that μ−1z=gy′\mu ^{-1}z=gy'. Both points lie in B(w^i,2r)⊂B(y^i,3r)B(\hat w_i,2r)\subset B(\hat y_i,3r). On B(z,2r)B(z,2r) we have

uλ−uμ=f∘λ−1,f(y″):=ξi′(y″)−ξi′(gy″)+ℓi(g).u^\lambda -u^\mu =f\circ \lambda ^{-1},\qquad f(y''):=\xi _i'(y'')-\xi _i'(gy'')+\ell _i(g).
For y″∈B(y′,2r)y''\in B(y',2r), both y″y'' and gy″gy'' lie in B(y^i,5r)B(\hat y_i,5r); hence (17) gives |f|≤4Ψr|f|\le 4\Psi r. The function ff is harmonic on B(y′,2r)B(y',2r) because it is the difference of two harmonic functions, one composed with a measure-preserving isometry. Jiang’s gradient estimate [Jia14, Thm. 1.1] yields |∇f|≤CΨ|\nabla f|\le C\Psi on B(y′,r)B(y',r). Therefore, on B(z,r)B(z,r),
|uλ−uμ|≤4Ψr,|∇uλ−∇uμ|≤CΨ.|u^\lambda -u^\mu |\le 4\Psi r,\qquad |\nabla u^\lambda -\nabla u^\mu |\le C\Psi .

(b), (c). Fix z∈Ωiz\in \Omega _i and choose λ0\lambda _0 with ϖλ0(z)>0\varpi _{\lambda _0}(z)>0. Put Bz:=B(z,r/2)∩ΩiB_z:=B(z,r/2)\cap \Omega _i. Only those λ\lambda with d(λ−1z,w^i)<3r/2d(\lambda ^{-1}z,\hat w_i)<3r/2 contribute on BzB_z, so the preceding comparison applies to every pair (λ,λ0)(\lambda ,\lambda _0). Moreover, UiU_i is locally a finite sum of products of Lipschitz functions with bounded Laplacian, and ∑λ∇ϖλ=∑λΔϖλ=0\sum _\lambda \nabla \varpi _\lambda =\sum _\lambda \Delta \varpi _\lambda =0. Thus

Ui−uλ0=∑λϖλ(uλ−uλ0),∇Ui−∇uλ0=∑λϖλ(∇uλ−∇uλ0)+∑λ(uλ−uλ0)∇ϖλ,ΔUi=2∑λ⟨∇ϖλ,∇uλ−∇uλ0⟩+∑λ(uλ−uλ0)Δϖλ,\begin{align*} U_i-u^{\lambda _0}&=\sum _\lambda \varpi _\lambda \,(u^\lambda -u^{\lambda _0}),\\ \nabla U_i-\nabla u^{\lambda _0}&=\sum _\lambda \varpi _\lambda (\nabla u^\lambda -\nabla u^{\lambda _0})+\sum _\lambda (u^\lambda -u^{\lambda _0})\nabla \varpi _\lambda ,\\ \Delta U_i&=2\sum _\lambda \langle \nabla \varpi _\lambda ,\nabla u^\lambda -\nabla u^{\lambda _0}\rangle +\sum _\lambda (u^\lambda -u^{\lambda _0})\Delta \varpi _\lambda , \end{align*}

where we used Δuλ=0\Delta u^\lambda =0 and the product rule [Gig15, Prop. 4.28, Thm. 4.29]. The comparison estimates and (18) now give |Ui−uλ0|≤4Ψr|U_i-u^{\lambda _0}|\le 4\Psi r, |∇Ui−∇uλ0|≤CΨ|\nabla U_i-\nabla u^{\lambda _0}|\le C\Psi, and |ΔUi|≤CΨ/r|\Delta U_i|\le C\Psi /r almost everywhere on BzB_z. On B(w^i,r/8)B(\hat w_i,r/8) we may choose λ0=0\lambda _0=0, because b=1b=1 on B(w^i,r/2)B(\hat w_i,r/2); this proves (b). Finally, |∇ξi′|≤C(N)|\nabla \xi _i'|\le C(N) gives the gradient bound in (c). ∎

Pairing the orbit coordinate with the transverse one completes the local chart. On the common domain

ΩiΦ:=Ωi∩π−1(B(xi0,30r))\Omega _i^\Phi :=\Omega _i\cap \pi ^{-1}(B(x_i^0,30r))

put Zi:=(Ui,Φ^i)\mathcal Z_i:=(U_i,\hat \Phi _i), where Φ^i:=Φi∘π\hat \Phi _i:=\Phi _i\circ \pi.

Theorem 7.9 (Local Seifert chart). For large ii, the restriction Zi|T~i:T~i→Rk×Rm\mathcal Z_i|_{\tilde T_i}\colon \tilde T_i\to \R ^k\times \R ^m satisfies:

(a)
Zi\mathcal Z_i is a local homeomorphism, and Zi(λz)=(Ui(z)+ℓi(λ), ρ0(Πiλ)Φ^i(z))\mathcal Z_i(\lambda z)=\bigl (U_i(z)+\ell _i(\lambda ),\ \rho _0(\Pi _i\lambda )\hat \Phi _i(z)\bigr ) for λ∈Λi\lambda \in \Lambda _i;
(b)
Zi\mathcal Z_i descends to a homeomorphism Z¯i:Ei→Tik×D\bar {\mathcal Z}_i\colon E_i\to \T _i^k\times D, Tik:=Rk/Li\T _i^k:=\R ^k/L_i, whose second component is Φi\Phi _i;
(c)
Z¯i\bar {\mathcal Z}_i is Cw′C_{w'}-equivariant, where c∈Cw′c\in C_{w'} acts on Tik×D\T _i^k\times D by (a,d)↦(a+ℓi(λc),ρ0(c)d)(a,d)\mapsto (a+\ell _i(\lambda _c),\rho _0(c)d) for any λc∈Πi−1(c)\lambda _c\in \Pi _i^{-1}(c). The transverse action ρ0|Cw′\rho _0|_{C_{w'}} is faithful. The product action is free, and Cw′C_{w'} acts on Tik\T _i^k freely by translations. Moreover Ei/Cw′E_i/C_{w'} is an open subset of XiX_i, and
Ei/Cw′ ≅ (Tik×D)/Cw′ ⟶ D/Cw′E_i/C_{w'}\ \cong \ (\T _i^k\times D)/C_{w'}\ \longrightarrow \ D/C_{w'}
is a Seifert model, with Φi\Phi _i inducing the projection.

Proof.(a) Equivariance. The first component is Proposition 7.8(a). For the second, λ∈Λi\lambda \in \Lambda _i acts on Xi′X_i' by the deck transformation χi(λ)=Πi(λ)∈Cw′\chi _i(\lambda )=\Pi _i(\lambda )\in C_{w'}, so Φ^i(λz)=ρ0(Πiλ)Φ^i(z)\hat \Phi _i(\lambda z)=\rho _0(\Pi _i\lambda )\hat \Phi _i(z) by Proposition 7.1(a).

Prescribed-coordinate chart. Let z0∈B(w^i,r∗/4)z_0\in B(\hat w_i,r_*/4). Since r∗≤r/100r_*\le r/100, we have B(z0,r/25)⊂B(w^i,r/8)⊂ΩiB(z_0,r/25)\subset B(\hat w_i,r/8)\subset \Omega _i. Moreover the projection of this ball lies in B(xi0,30r)B(x_i^0,30r) for large ii, so B(z0,r/25)⊂ΩiΦB(z_0,r/25)\subset \Omega _i^\Phi, the domain of Zi\mathcal Z_i. Proposition 7.8(b)–(c) gives |Ui−ξi′|≤4Ψr|U_i-\xi _i'|\le 4\Psi r, Lip⁡Ui≤C(N)\operatorname {Lip}U_i\le C(N), and |ΔUi|≤CΨ/r|\Delta U_i|\le C\Psi /r there. After lifting through the local isomorphism π\pi, Proposition 7.1(b) gives the analogous Lipschitz and Laplacian bounds for Φ^i\hat \Phi _i. The estimate |Φi−Π∘fi′|≤2Ψr|\Phi _i-\Pi \circ f_i'|\le 2\Psi r, together with the choice of Π\Pi and the bound |ξi−Fi|≤Ψr|\xi _i-\mathcal F_i|\le \Psi r, also gives

|Φ^i−ξi″|≤5Ψron B(y^i,5r).|\hat \Phi _i-\xi _i''|\le 5\Psi r \quad \text {on }B(\hat y_i,5r).
Consequently, ‖Zi−ξi‖L∞(B(z0,r/25))≤CΨr\|\mathcal Z_i-\xi _i\|_{L^\infty (B(z_0,r/25))}\le C\Psi r. The map ξi\xi _i is an (N,Ψ)(N,\Psi )-splitting map on B(z0,r/50)B(z_0,r/50). At that scale, Lemma 2.5 makes Zi\mathcal Z_i an (N,CΨ)(N,C\Psi )-splitting map and a bi-Hölder open embedding on B(z0,r/100)B(z_0,r/100); Lemma 6.7(b) supplies the required Reifenberg and manifold hypotheses. Because Zi∘h=Zi+(ℓi(h),0)\mathcal Z_i\circ h=\mathcal Z_i+(\ell _i(h),0) for h∈Hi′h\in H_i', the same conclusion holds on every translate of this ball. Lemma 7.6(d) says that these translates cover T~i\tilde T_i. Hence Zi\mathcal Z_i is a local homeomorphism throughout T~i\tilde T_i.

(b) Descent. Lemma 7.6(b) identifies T~i→Ei\tilde T_i\to E_i as a regular covering with deck group Hi′H_i'. For h∈Hi′h\in H_i', we have Πi(h)=0\Pi _i(h)=0, so hh covers the identity of Xi′X_i' and Φ^i∘h=Φ^i\hat \Phi _i\circ h=\hat \Phi _i. On the target, therefore, hh acts by the translation (ℓi(h),0)(\ell _i(h),0). The kernel of ℓi\ell _i is finite by Proposition 7.4(b); using an evenly covered neighbourhood and its disjoint translates shows that the equivariant local homeomorphism Zi\mathcal Z_i remains a local homeomorphism after quotienting first by this kernel and then by Hi′/ker⁡ℓi≅LiH_i'/\ker \ell _i\cong L_i. We obtain a local homeomorphism Z¯i:Ei→Tik×Rm\bar {\mathcal Z}_i\colon E_i\to \T _i^k\times \R ^m with second component Φi\Phi _i, and its image lies in Tik×D\T _i^k\times D. This map is proper as a map into Tik×D\T _i^k\times D, because Φi:Ei→D\Phi _i\colon E_i\to D is proper and Tik\T _i^k is compact. A proper local homeomorphism into a locally compact Hausdorff space has open and closed image. Since Tik×D\T _i^k\times D is connected, Z¯i\bar {\mathcal Z}_i is onto and is therefore a finite covering map.

Degree one and torsion. By Lemma 7.6(a), EiE_i is connected. The connected regular covering T~i→Ei\tilde T_i\to E_i has deck group Hi′H_i', so its monodromy map θ:π1(Ei)→Hi′\theta \colon \pi _1(E_i)\to H_i' is onto. If a loop in EiE_i lifts to a path from zz to hzhz, applying Zi\mathcal Z_i shows that

Z¯i∗=ℓi∘θ:π1(Ei)⟶π1(Tik×D)=Li.\bar {\mathcal Z}_{i*}=\ell _i\circ \theta \colon \pi _1(E_i)\longrightarrow \pi _1(\T _i^k\times D)=L_i.
This map is onto. A connected covering with surjective induced map on fundamental groups has one sheet, so Z¯i\bar {\mathcal Z}_i is a homeomorphism. Thus Z¯i∗\bar {\mathcal Z}_{i*} is an isomorphism. Since θ\theta is onto and ℓi∘θ\ell _i\circ \theta is injective, both θ\theta and ℓi\ell _i are injective. Consequently Hi′≅Li≅ZkH_i'\cong L_i\cong \Z ^k, and in particular the kernel ker⁡ℓi=Tor⁡(Hi′)\ker \ell _i=\Tor (H_i') in Proposition 7.4(b) vanishes.

(c) By (a), Z¯i(cz)=c⋅Z¯i(z)\bar {\mathcal Z}_i(cz)=c\cdot \bar {\mathcal Z}_i(z) for the stated action. It is well defined because λc\lambda _c is determined modulo Hi′H_i' and ℓi(Hi′)=Li\ell _i(H_i')=L_i. The representation ρ0\rho _0 is faithful on C0C_0 by Proposition 4.7(b), hence also on Cw′≤C0C_{w'}\le C_0. The group Cw′C_{w'} acts freely on EiE_i, since CC acts freely on Xi′X_i'; so it acts freely on Tik×D\T _i^k\times D through Z¯i\bar {\mathcal Z}_i. The centre Φ(w′)\Phi (w') of DD is fixed by ρ0(Cw′)\rho _0(C_{w'}). So for c≠1c\ne 1 the translation ℓi(λc)\ell _i(\lambda _c) is not in LiL_i, and Cw′C_{w'} acts freely on Tik\T _i^k by translations. Finally, fi′(Ei)⊂BW′(w′,r∗/5)f_i'(E_i)\subset B_{W'}(w',r_*/5), the admissibility of r∗r_*, and the almost CC-equivariance of fi′f_i' give cEi∩Ei=∅cE_i\cap E_i=\emptyset for c∈C∖Cw′c\in C\setminus C_{w'}. So Ei/Cw′→Xi′/C=XiE_i/C_{w'}\to X_i'/C=X_i is injective and open, and Z¯i\bar {\mathcal Z}_i induces the stated equivalence. ∎

7.5. Proof of Theorem 1.2(iv). It remains to assemble the charts of Theorem 7.9 near an arbitrary point of GG. Lemma 7.2 makes the geometric choices uniform over all subsequential limits Φ\Phi; a final diagonal argument then removes the subsequences. Choices. Let xx, y0y_0, w′w' and r∗r_* be as in §7.3. Then Cx≅Cw′≤C0C_x\cong C_{w'}\le C_0, and ρ0(Cw′)\rho _0(C_{w'}) fixes Φ(w′)\Phi (w') for every Φ∈L\Phi \in \mathcal L. By Lemma 7.2 and Lip⁡Φ≤C(N)\operatorname {Lip}\Phi \le C(N), there are radii s1>s2>0s_1>s_2>0 and τ1>τ0>0\tau _1>\tau _0>0 such that, for every Φ∈L\Phi \in \mathcal L, with Dj:=B(Φ(w′),sj)D_j:=B(\Phi (w'),s_j) for j=1,2j=1,2:

  • D¯1⊂Φ(BW′(w0′,r/16))\bar D_1\subset \Phi (B_{W'}(w_0',r/16));
  • Φ−1(D¯1)⊂BW′(w′,r∗/10)\Phi ^{-1}(\bar D_1)\subset B_{W'}(w',r_*/10);
  • BW′(w′,τ1)⊂Φ−1(D1)B_{W'}(w',\tau _1)\subset \Phi ^{-1}(D_1) and BW′(w′,τ0)⊂Φ−1(D2)⊂BW′(w′,τ1)B_{W'}(w',\tau _0)\subset \Phi ^{-1}(D_2)\subset B_{W'}(w',\tau _1).

Here the preimages are taken in BW′(w0′,r/8)B_{W'}(w_0',r/8). Let UxU_x and Ux0U_x^0 be the images in XX of BW′(w′,τ1)B_{W'}(w',\tau _1) and BW′(w′,τ0)B_{W'}(w',\tau _0).

Along a subsequence. Let Φi→Φ∈L\Phi _i\to \Phi \in \mathcal L along a subsequence, and let D1D_1, D2D_2 be as above for this Φ\Phi. Then D:=D1D:=D_1 satisfies the requirements of §7.4. Put Dj′:=Dj−Φ(w′)D_j':=D_j-\Phi (w'). By Theorem 7.9(c), for large ii in the subsequence, Ei(D1)/Cw′E_i(D_1)/C_{w'} is an open subset of XiX_i, and Φi\Phi _i induces on it a map equivalent to the model

(Tik×D1′)/Cw′⟶D1′/Cw′,(\T _i^k\times D_1')/C_{w'}\longrightarrow D_1'/C_{w'},

with Cw′C_{w'} acting linearly on D1′D_1' through ρ0\rho _0 and freely by translations on Tik\T _i^k. Near any point p∈D1′p\in D_1' this model restricts to (Tik×D3)/(Cw′)p→D3/(Cw′)p(\T _i^k\times D_3)/(C_{w'})_p\to D_3/(C_{w'})_p for a small ball D3D_3 centred at pp. Here (Cw′)p(C_{w'})_p is the local group at pp, and it still acts on Tik\T _i^k by translations. Put V1:=Φ−1(D1)V_1:=\Phi ^{-1}(D_1) and σi:=Φ−1∘Φi:Ei(D1)→V1\sigma _i:=\Phi ^{-1}\circ \Phi _i\colon E_i(D_1)\to V_1. Then supd(σi,fi′)→0\sup d(\sigma _i,f_i')\to 0, since Φi=Φ∘fi′+o(1)\Phi _i=\Phi \circ f_i'+o(1) and Φ−1\Phi ^{-1} is uniformly continuous on D¯1\bar D_1. Also (fi′)−1(L)⊂Ei(D1)(f_i')^{-1}(L)\subset E_i(D_1) for every compact L⊂V1L\subset V_1, by Lemma 7.3.

Let Ei⊂XiE_i\subset X_i be the image of σi−1(BW′(w′,τ1))\sigma _i^{-1}(B_{W'}(w',\tau _1)); for the rest of this subsection, EiE_i denotes this subset of XiX_i rather than the set Ei(D1)⊂Xi′E_i(D_1)\subset X_i'. Let σ¯i:Ei→Ux\bar \sigma _i\colon E_i\to U_x be the induced map. Then σ¯i\bar \sigma _i is a Seifert Tk\T ^k-fibration over UxU_x, and the image of Φ−1(D2)\Phi ^{-1}(D_2), which contains Ux0U_x^0 and lies in UxU_x, is a model neighbourhood of xx with local group Cw′≅CxC_{w'}\cong C_x. Write qi:Xi′→Xiq_i\colon X_i'\to X_i and q:W′→Xq\colon W'\to X for the quotient maps, and choose the approximations compatibly, so that

supz∈Xi′dX(q(fi′(z)),fi(qi(z)))⟶0,\sup _{z\in X_i'}d_X\bigl (q(f_i'(z)),f_i(q_i(z))\bigr )\longrightarrow 0,

by the quotient-map convention of §2, since both maps are induced by the same equivariant approximations (fi,ϕi,ψi)(f_i,\phi _i,\psi _i). Hence supd(σ¯i,fi)→0\sup d(\bar \sigma _i,f_i)\to 0. If L⊂UxL\subset U_x is compact, its lift in BW′(w′,τ1)B_{W'}(w',\tau _1) has a compact neighbourhood still contained in that ball. The compatibility above and the compact-capture conclusion for fi′f_i' then give fi−1(L)⊂Eif_i^{-1}(L)\subset E_i for all large ii.

Removing the subsequences. For θ∈(0,τ1)\theta \in (0,\tau _1), let LθL_\theta be the image of B¯W′(w′,τ1−θ)\bar B_{W'}(w',\tau _1-\theta ) in XX. Let Pi(θ)\mathcal P_i(\theta ) assert the existence of a Seifert Tk\T ^k-fibration σ¯:E→Ux\bar \sigma \colon E\to U_x, with E⊂XiE\subset X_i open, such that: xx has a model neighbourhood containing Ux0U_x^0 with local group CxC_x; supEd(σ¯,fi)≤θ\sup _Ed(\bar \sigma ,f_i)\le \theta; and fi−1(Lθ)⊂Ef_i^{-1}(L_\theta )\subset E. The preceding argument and Proposition 7.1(c) show that every subsequence has a further subsequence on which Pi(θ)\mathcal P_i(\theta ) holds eventually. Thus, for each fixed θ\theta, it holds for all sufficiently large ii. Moreover, Pi(θ)\mathcal P_i(\theta ) implies Pi(θ′)\mathcal P_i(\theta ') whenever θ′≥θ\theta '\ge \theta. We may therefore choose θi→0\theta _i\to 0 such that Pi(θi)\mathcal P_i(\theta _i) holds for all large ii. Every compact subset of UxU_x lies in some LθL_\theta, so this proves (iv). Whenever Cx=1C_x=1, in particular at regular points, the Seifert model reduces to an ordinary Tk\T ^k-bundle. □

8.Globalization over smooth orbifolds

Under no bubbling the charts of §7 cover all of XX, but they are still only charts. Turning them into a single map requires regularity of the base, and we assume it in a strong form: throughout this section (∗)(\ast ) and (R) hold, and XX is a smooth closed Riemannian orbifold. All orbifolds here are effective.

We first show that W′W' is a smooth manifold, which provides a target with bounded geometry; §8.2 identifies the fibres and the local Seifert models, and §8.3 then constructs and compares the two global projections.

8.1. Unfolding: the manifold cover of a smooth orbifold limit. The CC-cover W′W' is initially only a metric space. The next proposition shows that the smooth orbifold charts of XX lift to W′W' and endow it with a compatible Riemannian structure.

Proposition 8.1 (Unfolding). Under the standing assumptions of this section:

  • W′W' is a closed smooth Riemannian manifold, and CC acts on it by isometries;
  • W′→X=W′/CW'\to X=W'/C is a Riemannian orbifold covering;
  • for w′∈W′w'\in W' over xx, the stabilizer Cw′C_{w'} is conjugate in O(m)O(m) to the orbifold group Γx\Gamma _x.

Proof.By (R), freeness of the H0H_0-action, Theorem 1.2(i), and Lemma 6.6, Cy=StabH(y)C_y=\Stab _H(y) is finite and projects isomorphically onto Γ[y]\Gamma _{[y]}. Proposition 4.7 shows that it fixes H0yH_0y pointwise and has faithful transverse representation ρy\rho _y in every blow-up. Since W→W′W\to W' is a local isometry, we work on W′W'.

Step 1: identify the local groups. Fix p∈W′p\in W' over x∈Xx\in X and an orbifold chart πU:U→U/Γx≅V∋x\pi _U\colon U\to U/\Gamma _x\cong V\ni x. Since blow-up commutes with quotient, TxX=Rm/ρp(Cp)=Rm/ΓxT_xX=\R ^m/\rho _p(C_p)=\R ^m/\Gamma _x. By [Swa02, Lemma 1], the spherical quotient determines a finite subgroup of O(m)O(m) up to conjugacy; hence ρp(Cp)\rho _p(C_p) and Γx\Gamma _x are conjugate. If x′∈Vx'\in V is near xx, with lifts p′∈W′p'\in W' and u′∈Uu'\in U, the metric on VV determines both stabilizer orders:

(19)|Cp′|=|Γu′|=ωm/Hm(B1(o)⊂Tx′V).\begin{equation}\label {eq:order} |C_{p'}|=|\Gamma _{u'}|=\omega _m/\mathcal H^m\bigl (B_1(o)\subset T_{x'}V\bigr ). \end{equation}

Step 2: linearize the topological chart. For w∈Ww\in W over pp, the stabilizer Γw≤C\Gamma _w\le C equals CpC_p. Proposition 5.2 gives a CpC_p-equivariant open embedding hBh_B of an invariant neighbourhood BB of pp into Rm\R ^m, sending pp to 00 and intertwining CpC_p with a conjugate of ρp\rho _p. This step does not use smoothness of XX.

Step 3: compare the linear charts. After conjugation, hBh_B and hU:=expoU−1h_U:=\exp _{o_U}^{-1} are equivariant charts for the same finite abelian G⊂O(m)G\subset O(m). The identification B/Cp=V=U/ΓxB/C_p=V=U/\Gamma _x becomes a homeomorphism σ:N1→N2\sigma \colon N_1\to N_2 near π(0)\pi (0) in O:=Rm/G\mathcal O:=\R ^m/G. Taking N1=πhU(U′)N_1=\pi h_U(U') for a small geodesic ball U′U' makes N1N_1 star-shaped.

σ\sigma preserves isotropy type. Let x′∈Vx'\in V, with points p′p' and u′u' over it in the two charts.

  • The stabilizer orders agree by (19).
  • Let SBS_B be the set of points near p′p' whose stabilizer equals Cp′C_{p'}. Since stabilizers near p′p' are subgroups of Cp′C_{p'}, this is the set where the order is |Cp′||C_{p'}|.
  • hBh_B maps SBS_B onto a neighbourhood of hB(p′)h_B(p') in Fix(Cp′)\mathrm {Fix}(C_{p'}). And πB|SB\pi _B|_{S_B} is injective near p′p', since only elements of Cp′C_{p'} identify points there, and they fix SBS_B. So πB(SB)\pi _B(S_B) is a topological manifold of dimension dim⁡Fix(Cp′)\dim \mathrm {Fix}(C_{p'}).
  • The same holds on the UU-side. By (19), both images are the set of points of VV near x′x' with a prescribed tangent-cone volume.
  • Invariance of domain then gives equal fixed-space dimensions.

In particular the mirror locus is preserved: order 22 and an (m−1)(m-1)-dimensional fixed space force the non-trivial element to be a reflection. Since GG is abelian, the isotropy type now determines every codimension-≤2\le 2 label:

  • a mirror has order 22 and codimension 11;
  • a cone point of order mSm_S has codimension 22 and is not in the closure of the mirrors;
  • a corner (Z22\Z _2^2) has codimension 22 and lies in the closure of the mirrors.

By Lemma A.1 (Appendix A), σ\sigma lifts to a homeomorphism σ~:π−1N1→π−1N2\tilde \sigma \colon \pi ^{-1}N_1\to \pi ^{-1}N_2 with πσ~=σπ\pi \tilde \sigma =\sigma \pi.

Thus Σ:=hB−1σ~hU\Sigma :=h_B^{-1}\tilde \sigma h_U is a homeomorphism from U′=hU−1π−1(N1)U'=h_U^{-1}\pi ^{-1}(N_1) onto hB−1π−1(N2)⊂Bh_B^{-1}\pi ^{-1}(N_2)\subset B, with πB∘Σ=πU\pi _B\circ \Sigma =\pi _U. Shrink UU and BB accordingly.

Step 4: prove that Σ\Sigma is an isometry. Restrict to half-radius balls so that the relevant geodesics remain in the domains of Σ\Sigma and Σ−1\Sigma ^{-1}. Let γ\gamma be a geodesic in BB and set τ:=Σ−1∘γ\tau :=\Sigma ^{-1}\circ \gamma. For ss sufficiently close to tt,

dU(τ(t),τ(s))=dV(πτ(t),πτ(s))≤dB(γ(t),γ(s)).d_U(\tau (t),\tau (s))=d_V(\pi \tau (t),\pi \tau (s))\le d_B(\gamma (t),\gamma (s)).
The equality holds because, for u2u_2 sufficiently close to u1u_1, only elements fixing u1u_1 can realize the quotient distance dV=mingdU(⋅,g⋅)d_V=\min _gd_U(\cdot ,g\,\cdot ). Continuity of Σ−1\Sigma ^{-1} then gives upper metric derivative at most 11, so Σ−1\Sigma ^{-1} is 11-Lipschitz. The symmetric argument makes Σ\Sigma 11-Lipschitz as well; hence it is an isometry. Compare [Lan20, Lemma 2.2]. Thus W′W' is locally Riemannian, and Myers–Steenrod makes the charts smoothly compatible. Since πB∘Σ=πU\pi _B\circ \Sigma =\pi _U, the map W′→X=W′/CW'\to X=W'/C is a Riemannian orbifold covering, with CpC_p conjugate to Γx\Gamma _x in O(m)O(m). ∎

8.2. Equivariant triviality and Seifert models. This subsection supplies the local topology used in §8.3: fibre bundles Xi′→W′X_i'\to W' uniformly close to fi′f_i' have fibres homotopy equivalent to Tk\T ^k, and a CC-equivariant such bundle with fibre Tk\T ^k yields Seifert models over small linear disks. The bundles that equivariant regularization produces there are CC-equivariant. Over a linear disk, Lemma 8.3 trivializes them equivariantly. The local group acts freely on the central fibre; after that fibre is identified as a torus, Lemma 8.5 conjugates the action to translations. We first record the required rigidity of tori.

Lemma 8.2 (Topological rigidity of tori). Every closed topological dd-manifold homotopy equivalent to Td\T ^d is homeomorphic to Td\T ^d.

Proof.For d≥5d\ge 5 this is [HW69] and [KS77, Essay V]; for d=4d=4 use [FQ90, §11.5]; for d=3d=3 use [Moi52], the Poincaré conjecture [Per02, Per03a, Per03b], and [Wal68]; and for d≤2d\le 2 it is classical. ∎

Next we trivialize an equivariant bundle over a linear disk, keeping the action diagonal and the central fibre fixed.

Lemma 8.3 (Equivariant triviality). Let QQ be finite, ρ:Q→O(m)\rho \colon Q\to O(m), and D¯⊂Rm\bar D\subset \R ^m the closed unit disk. Let p:E→D¯p\colon E\to \bar D be a fibre bundle with closed manifold fibre, and let QQ act freely on EE with p∘q=ρ(q)∘pp\circ q=\rho (q)\circ p. Then there is a QQ-homeomorphism D¯×F0→E\bar D\times F_0\to E over D¯\bar D, equal to the identity on F0:=p−1(0)F_0:=p^{-1}(0), where QQ acts diagonally on D¯×F0\bar D\times F_0.

Proof.Trivialization over fixed subspaces. Fix J≤QJ\le Q. Over the fixed disk DJD^J, the group JJ acts freely on E|DJE|_{D^J} and trivially on the base. Pulling back by the radial retraction Rj→DJ\R ^j\to D^J, where j=dim⁡DJj=\dim D^J, extends this to a free fibrewise action over Rj\R ^j. The quotient is a topological submersion: around a point of the total space, choose an ordinary product box whose distinct JJ-translates are disjoint; its quotient is again a product box. Because the quotient map is proper, it is a bundle [KS77, Essay II, §1]. Trivialize this bundle over the contractible base Rj\R ^j, using the identity on the central fibre F0/JF_0/J. In this trivialization, the regular JJ-cover has the same monodromy as

Rj×F0⟶Rj×(F0/J),\R ^j\times F_0\longrightarrow \R ^j\times (F_0/J),
because the inclusion of the central fibre is a homotopy equivalence on every component. Homotopy invariance of coverings, applied componentwise when necessary, therefore identifies the two regular covers. Fixing the identification over the origin makes it unique and JJ-equivariant. Restriction to DJD^J gives a JJ-homeomorphism ΘJ:DJ×F0→E|DJ\Theta _J\colon D^J\times F_0\to E|_{D^J} that is the identity on F0F_0.

Extension over cone cells. There is nothing more to prove when m=0m=0. Otherwise, subdivide an equivariant triangulation of Sm−1S^{m-1} once [Ill83], so that the setwise stabilizer of each cell fixes that cell pointwise. The disk D¯\bar D is the union of the cones C(τ)C(\tau ). Inducting over the QQ-orbits of cells, we construct maps ψ(d):F0→Fd\psi (d)\colon F_0\to F_d satisfying ψ(0)=id\psi (0)=\mathrm {id} and ψ(ρ(q)d)=qψ(d)q|F0−1\psi (\rho (q)d)=q\,\psi (d)\,q|_{F_0}^{-1}. For a cell τ\tau with isotropy group JJ:

  • on C(∂τ)C(\partial \tau ), write ψ=ΘJ∘A\psi =\Theta _J\circ A with AA valued in the centralizer HomeoJ(F0)\Homeo _J(F_0);
  • extend AA over C(τ)C(\tau ) by the standard retraction C(τ)→C(∂τ)C(\tau )\to C(\partial \tau ); equivalently, after the chosen subdivision, the cone cell simplicially collapses onto the cone on its boundary;
  • extend ψ\psi to Q⋅C(τ)Q\cdot C(\tau ) by equivariance.

The construction is consistent: AA commutes with JJ, while qC(τ)∩C(τ)qC(\tau )\cap C(\tau ) lies in the lower skeleton whenever q∉Jq\notin J. For a 00-cell, interpret C(∂τ)C(\partial \tau ) as {0}\{0\}. Continuity of AA follows from that of ΘJ−1\Theta _J^{-1}. Finally, (d,f)↦ψ(d)f(d,f)\mapsto \psi (d)f is a continuous bijection between compact Hausdorff spaces and hence is the required homeomorphism. ∎

The projection supplied by equivariant regularization will be uniformly close to the fixed approximations fi′f_i'. Comparing any such bundle with the local charts identifies its fibres and, at the same time, records the Betti equality later used for the affine classification.

Lemma 8.4 (Fibre identification). Let σi:Xi′→W′\sigma _i\colon X_i'\to W' be fibre bundles with supXi′dW′(σi,fi′)→0\sup _{X_i'}d_{W'}(\sigma _i,f_i')\to 0, and let θi:π1(Xi′)→Ki\theta _i\colon \pi _1(X_i')\to K_i be the monodromy homomorphism of the regular cover X^i→Xi′\hat X_i\to X_i'. Then, for all large ii, every fibre FF of σi\sigma _i is homotopy equivalent to Tk\T ^k, and θi\theta _i maps π1(F)\pi _1(F) isomorphically onto Hi′≅ZkH_i'\cong \Z ^k. Moreover,

(20)b1(Xi′)−b1(W′)=k.\begin{equation}\label {eq:betti-cover} b_1(X_i')-b_1(W')=k. \end{equation}

Proof.Because W′W' is connected, all fibres are homeomorphic, and it suffices first to treat one. Under (R) we have G=XG=X. Fix x∈Xx\in X, choose y0,w′,r,r∗y_0,w',r,r_* as in §7.3, set q:=w′q:=w', and pass to a subsequence as in §7.4. Choose a ball D4D^4 (superscripts here are labels, not dimensions) centred at Φ(q)\Phi (q) and satisfying the requirements of that section. Choose successively a geodesic ball V3V^3 centred at qq, a concentric ball D2⋐D4D^2\Subset D^4, and a geodesic ball V1⋐V3V^1\Subset V^3, all below the relevant injectivity radii, so that

Φ(V¯1)⊂D2,Φ−1(D¯2)⊂V3,Φ(V¯3)⊂D4.\Phi (\bar V^1)\subset D^2, \qquad \Phi ^{-1}(\bar D^2)\subset V^3, \qquad \Phi (\bar V^3)\subset D^4.
Since σi\sigma _i and fi′f_i' are o(1)o(1)-close, Φi=Φ∘fi′+o(1)\Phi _i=\Phi \circ f_i'+o(1), and Lemma 7.2 applies, for large ii in the subsequence we have
(21)σi−1(V1) ⊂a Ei(D2) ⊂b σi−1(V3) ⊂c Ei(D4).\begin{equation}\label {eq:sandwich} \sigma _i^{-1}(V^1)\ \overset {a}{\subset }\ E_i(D^2) \ \overset {b}{\subset }\ \sigma _i^{-1}(V^3) \ \overset {c}{\subset }\ E_i(D^4). \end{equation}
The composite b∘ab\circ a is a homotopy equivalence because σi\sigma _i is a fibre bundle over the contractible ball V3V^3. The composite c∘bc\circ b is also one: Theorem 7.9, applied with D:=D4D:=D^4, identifies Ei(D2)⊂Ei(D4)E_i(D^2)\subset E_i(D^4) with Tik×D2⊂Tik×D4\T _i^k\times D^2\subset \T _i^k\times D^4. Thus bb has both a left and a right homotopy inverse, and the chosen fibre satisfies F≃σi−1(V3)≃TkF\simeq \sigma _i^{-1}(V^3)\simeq \T ^k.

For the marking, Lemma 7.6(a),(b), applied to either DjD^j, says that the connected lift maps onto Ei(Dj)E_i(D^j) and has stabilizer Hi′H_i' in KiK_i. Hence θi(π1(Ei(Dj)))=Hi′\theta _i(\pi _1(E_i(D^j)))=H_i'. The sandwich gives θi(π1(F))=Hi′\theta _i(\pi _1(F))=H_i'. Since π1(F)≅Zk\pi _1(F)\cong \Z ^k and rank⁡Hi′=k\rank H_i'=k, this surjection is an isomorphism. Fibres over different base points are freely homotopic along paths in W′W', and KiK_i is abelian, so the conclusion holds for every fibre.

Put E:=Xi′E:=X_i' and B:=W′B:=W'. The composite π1(F)→π1(E)→θiKi\pi _1(F)\to \pi _1(E)\xrightarrow {\theta _i}K_i is injective. Thus the first map is injective and the boundary π2(B)→π1(F)\pi _2(B)\to \pi _1(F) vanishes. The homotopy exact sequence gives

1⟶Zk⟶π1(E)⟶π1(B)⟶1.1\longrightarrow \Z ^k\longrightarrow \pi _1(E) \longrightarrow \pi _1(B)\longrightarrow 1.
Because KiK_i is abelian and θi\theta _i is injective on the fibre subgroup, that subgroup meets [π1(E),π1(E)][\pi _1(E),\pi _1(E)] trivially. Abelianization therefore yields an exact sequence
0⟶Zk⟶H1(E;Z)⟶H1(B;Z)⟶0,0\longrightarrow \Z ^k\longrightarrow H_1(E;\Z ) \longrightarrow H_1(B;\Z )\longrightarrow 0,
and taking ranks proves (20).

If any conclusion failed for infinitely many ii, that subsequence would have a further subsequence on which the preceding argument applies. Thus all conclusions hold for all large ii. ∎

These lemmas now turn an equivariant torus bundle over a linear disk into a Seifert model.

Lemma 8.5 (Seifert models). Let σi:Xi′→W′\sigma _i\colon X_i'\to W' be CC-equivariant fibre bundles with fibre Tk\T ^k and supd(σi,fi′)→0\sup d(\sigma _i,f_i')\to 0. Fix w′∈W′w'\in W'. Let V⊂W′V\subset W' be a Cw′C_{w'}-invariant open neighbourhood of w′w' with compact closure and cV¯∩V¯=∅c\bar V\cap \bar V=\emptyset for c∈C∖Cw′c\in C\setminus C_{w'}. Let χ:V→D\chi \colon V\to D be a Cw′C_{w'}-equivariant homeomorphism onto a ball D⊂RmD\subset \R ^m, with χ(w′)=0\chi (w')=0 and the action on DD orthogonal. If D1⋐DD_1\Subset D is a concentric ball, then, for large ii:

  • σi−1(V)/Cw′\sigma _i^{-1}(V)/C_{w'} is an open subset of XiX_i;
  • over χ−1(D1)/Cw′\chi ^{-1}(D_1)/C_{w'}, the map induced by σi\sigma _i is equivalent to (D1×Tk)/Cw′→D1/Cw′(D_1\times \T ^k)/C_{w'}\to D_1/C_{w'}, with Cw′C_{w'} acting freely by translations on Tk\T ^k.

Proof.Exact equivariance gives cσi−1(V)=σi−1(cV)c\sigma _i^{-1}(V)=\sigma _i^{-1}(cV), so the translates by c∉Cw′c\notin C_{w'} are disjoint. Hence σi−1(V)/Cw′\sigma _i^{-1}(V)/C_{w'} embeds as an open subset of Xi′/C=XiX_i'/C=X_i.

Choose a concentric ball D2D_2 with D1⋐D2⋐DD_1\Subset D_2\Subset D. Lemma 8.3, applied over D¯2\bar D_2, gives a Cw′C_{w'}-equivariant product

σi−1χ−1(D¯2)≅D¯2×F0,\sigma _i^{-1}\chi ^{-1}(\bar D_2)\cong \bar D_2\times F_0,
where F0≅TkF_0\cong \T ^k is the fibre over w′w' and the action on F0F_0 is free. It remains only to identify this action.

The regular cover F0→F0/Cw′F_0\to F_0/C_{w'} gives

1⟶π1(F0)⟶π1(F0/Cw′)⟶Cw′⟶1.1\longrightarrow \pi _1(F_0)\longrightarrow \pi _1(F_0/C_{w'})\longrightarrow C_{w'}\longrightarrow 1.
The inclusion F0/Cw′↪Xi′/C=XiF_0/C_{w'}\hookrightarrow X_i'/C=X_i and the maximal abelian cover define a homomorphism θ:π1(F0/Cw′)→Hi\theta \colon \pi _1(F_0/C_{w'})\to H_i. On the kernel π1(F0)\pi _1(F_0) it is the marking of Lemma 8.4, hence an isomorphism onto Hi′H_i'. On the quotient it is the identity of Cw′≤Hi/KiC_{w'}\le H_i/K_i. Therefore θ\theta is injective. Its domain is consequently abelian; it is also torsion-free (it is the fundamental group of the closed aspherical manifold F0/Cw′F_0/C_{w'}) and has rank kk. Thus π1(F0/Cw′)≅Zk\pi _1(F_0/C_{w'})\cong \Z ^k. Since F0/Cw′F_0/C_{w'} is aspherical, it is homotopy equivalent to Tk\T ^k, and Lemma 8.2 gives F0/Cw′≅TkF_0/C_{w'}\cong \T ^k. Classification of finite regular coverings of a torus now identifies F0→F0/Cw′F_0\to F_0/C_{w'} with Rk/Λ′→Rk/Λ\R ^k/\Lambda '\to \R ^k/\Lambda for a finite-index subgroup Λ′≤Λ\Lambda '\le \Lambda. Hence Cw′≅Λ/Λ′C_{w'}\cong \Lambda /\Lambda ' acts by translations, and the equivariant product over D1D_1 is the asserted Seifert model. ∎

8.3. The global Seifert fibration and affine replacement. Two global projections appear here, and they are not the same map. The first is CC-equivariant, hence descends to a Seifert fibration of XiX_i over XX, but carries no affine structure on its fibres; it comes from equivariant regularization. The second is affine on its fibres, which is what the classification of torus bundles requires, but is produced by a covering-geometry theorem that gives no equivariance, so it lives only on Xi′X_i' and W′W'. Retain the splitting H=H0×Zb×CH=H_0\times \Z ^b\times C fixed in §6, together with the notation χi\chi _i, KiK_i, Xi′=X^i/KiX_i'=\hat X_i/K_i, KK, and W′=Y/K=W/ZbW'=Y/K=W/\Z ^b from Corollary 6.5. That corollary gives equivariant convergence (Xi′,C)→(W′,C)(X_i',C)\to (W',C). Proposition 8.1 shows that W′W' is a closed smooth Riemannian manifold, that CC acts on it isometrically, and that X=W′/CX=W'/C. As in §7, we assume m≥1m\ge 1.

Theorem 8.6 (Global Seifert fibration). For large ii there are ϵi\epsilon _i-GH approximations Fi:Xi′→W′F_i\colon X_i'\to W', ϵi→0\epsilon _i\to 0, which are CC-equivariant fibre bundles with fibre Tk\T ^k. The induced maps F¯i:Xi→X=W′/C\bar F_i\colon X_i\to X=W'/C are Seifert Tk\T ^k-fibrations (Definition 1.1): near each point they are the model (Dm×Tk)/Cx→Dm/Cx(D^m\times \T ^k)/C_x\to D^m/C_x, with CxC_x acting faithfully and linearly on DmD^m and freely by translations on Tk\T ^k. By Proposition 8.1, CxC_x is conjugate in O(m)O(m) to the Riemannian orbifold group Γx\Gamma _x.

More precisely, let w′∈W′w'\in W' have image xx, and let DD be a sufficiently small Cw′C_{w'}-invariant geodesic ball centred at w′w', so that the action is linear in normal coordinates and cD¯∩D¯=∅c\bar D\cap \bar D=\emptyset for c∈C∖Cw′c\in C\setminus C_{w'}. Then, for all large ii,

F¯i−1(D/Cw′)≅(D×Tk)/Cw′,\bar F_i^{-1}(D/C_{w'})\cong (D\times \T ^k)/C_{w'},
with Cw′C_{w'} acting linearly on DD and freely by translations on Tk\T ^k, and F¯i\bar F_i corresponding to the projection.

Proof.Step 1: equivariant regularization. Rescale Xi′X_i' and W′W' once by a factor λ≥max{1,|K|}\lambda \ge \max \{1,\sqrt {|K|}\} and normalize the measures. Then (Xi′,d,HN)(X_i',d,\mathcal H^N) is a compact RCD(−1,N)\RCD (-1,N) space, as required by [HHWZ26, Thm. 1.11]; the rescaled W′W' remains a closed Riemannian manifold with an isometric CC-action. We retain these metrics through the proof, which does not affect the topological conclusions. Let f:=fi′f:=f_i' be the approximations from Corollary 6.5 used in §7. Before rescaling they are ϵi\epsilon _i-GH approximations, with ϵi→0\epsilon _i\to 0 and d(f(cx),cf(x))≤ϵid(f(cx),cf(x))\le \epsilon _i. After rescaling, they are 2λϵi2\lambda \epsilon _i-almost submetries at scale 11 in the sense of [HHWZ26], with equivariance error λϵi\lambda \epsilon _i.

Apply [HHWZ26, Thm. 1.11] with G=CG=C acting freely on Xi′X_i', H=C≤Isom(W′)H=C\le \Isom (W'), and ϕ=idC\phi =\mathrm {id}_C. The theorem requires only that HH be closed; its action on W′W' need not be free. It produces a homomorphism α:C→C\alpha \colon C\to C and a map FF satisfying F∘c=α(c)∘FF\circ c=\alpha (c)\circ F. We will deduce directly from the theorem’s conclusion that α=idC\alpha =\mathrm {id}_C.

For 0<ϵ≤10<\epsilon \le 1, let δH(ϵ)=δ(N,W′,C,ϵ)>0\delta _{\mathrm H}(\epsilon )=\delta (N,W',C,\epsilon )>0 be the threshold in [HHWZ26, Thm. 1.11]; replacing it by the smaller threshold min{δH(ϵ),8ϵ}\min \{\delta _{\mathrm H}(\epsilon ),8\epsilon \}, we assume that δH(ϵ)≤8ϵ\delta _{\mathrm H}(\epsilon )\le 8\epsilon. Since 2λϵi→02\lambda \epsilon _i\to 0, choose ϵi″↓0\epsilon _i''\downarrow 0 sufficiently slowly that

2λϵi≤δi:=δH(ϵi″).2\lambda \epsilon _i\le \delta _i:=\delta _{\mathrm H}(\epsilon _i'').
The theorem gives a homomorphism αi:C→C\alpha _i\colon C\to C and a Lipschitz map FiF_i, ϵi″\epsilon _i''-close to ff, with Fi∘c=αi(c)∘FiF_i\circ c=\alpha _i(c)\circ F_i. Thus FiF_i is an o(1)o(1)-GH approximation. For large ii, αi=idC\alpha _i=\mathrm {id}_C: for x∈Xi′x\in X_i' and c∈Cc\in C,
d(αi(c)Fi(x),cFi(x))=d(Fi(cx),cFi(x))≤d(Fi(cx),f(cx))+d(f(cx),cf(x))+d(cf(x),cFi(x))≤2ϵi″+λϵi.\begin{align*} d\bigl (\alpha _i(c)F_i(x),cF_i(x)\bigr )&=d\bigl (F_i(cx),cF_i(x)\bigr )\\ &\le d\bigl (F_i(cx),f(cx)\bigr )+d\bigl (f(cx),cf(x)\bigr )+d\bigl (cf(x),cF_i(x)\bigr )\le 2\epsilon _i''+\lambda \epsilon _i . \end{align*}

Since Fi(Xi′)F_i(X_i') is (ϵi″+λϵi)(\epsilon _i''+\lambda \epsilon _i)-dense and both actions are isometric, this bounds maxW′d(αi(c)y,cy)\max _{W'}d(\alpha _i(c)y,cy) by 4ϵi″+3λϵi4\epsilon _i''+3\lambda \epsilon _i. Effectivity and finiteness give a positive separation between distinct elements of CC, hence αi=idC\alpha _i=\mathrm {id}_C for large ii. Moreover, for every x∈Xi′x\in X_i' and normal coordinates Θ\Theta at Fi(x)F_i(x), the map FiΘ:=Θ∘FiF_i^\Theta :=\Theta \circ F_i satisfies [HHWZ26, Thm. 1.11(c)]

Lip⁡FiΘ≤C(N),|ΔFiΘ|≤C(N)δi,−∫B(x,5δi)|⟨∇(FiΘ)a,∇(FiΘ)b⟩−δab|≤ϵi″on B(x,5δi).\begin {aligned} \operatorname {Lip}F_i^\Theta& \le C(N), &|\Delta F_i^\Theta |&\le \frac {C(N)}{\sqrt {\delta _i}},\\ \fint _{B(x,5\sqrt {\delta _i})} |\langle \nabla (F_i^\Theta )_a,\nabla (F_i^\Theta )_b\rangle -\delta _{ab}| &\le \epsilon _i'' &&\text {on }B(x,5\sqrt {\delta _i}). \end {aligned}
Since δi≤8ϵi″\delta _i\le 8\epsilon _i'', we have δi→0\delta _i\to 0. Put L0:=C(N)/2L_0:=C(N)/2, and let δ0=δ0(N,L0)\delta _0=\delta _0(N,L_0) be the constant of Lemma 6.9. Choose η>0\eta >0 so small that Ψ(η|N)≤δ0\Psi (\eta |N)\le \delta _0. By (R) and Lemma 6.7(a), there is r>0r>0 such that, for large ii, every ball of radius at most 10r10r in X^i\hat X_i is δ0\delta _0-close, after rescaling, to the corresponding Euclidean ball. For large ii, put
ρi:=δi/2≤min{r,δ0}.\rho _i:=\sqrt {\delta _i}/2\le \min \{r,\sqrt {\delta _0}\}.
The lower Ricci bound is −1-1 after the rescaling at the beginning of the proof, so ρi2≤δ0\rho _i^2\le \delta _0, and
|ΔFiΘ|≤C(N)δi≤L0ρi.|\Delta F_i^\Theta |\le \frac {C(N)}{\sqrt {\delta _i}}\le \frac {L_0}{\rho _i}.
Moreover B(x,10ρi)=B(x,5δi)B(x,10\rho _i)=B(x,5\sqrt {\delta _i}). Consequently, for every a,ba,b,
−∫B(x,10ρi)|⟨∇(FiΘ)a,∇(FiΘ)b⟩−δab|≤ϵi″⟶0.\fint _{B(x,10\rho _i)}|\langle \nabla (F_i^\Theta )_a,\nabla (F_i^\Theta )_b\rangle -\delta _{ab}| \le \epsilon _i''\longrightarrow 0.
Thus, with ρ=ρi\rho =\rho _i and L=L0L=L_0, the hypotheses of Lemma 6.9 hold uniformly at every x∈Xi′x\in X_i' for all large ii. The map FiF_i is therefore a topological submersion, and Xi′X_i' is a topological NN-manifold. Since Xi′X_i' is compact, Lemma 2.7 makes Fi:Xi′→W′F_i\colon X_i'\to W' a fibre bundle with closed kk-manifold fibre.

Step 2: identify the fibre as Tk\T ^k. By Step 1 the fibres of FiF_i are closed kk-manifolds, and FiF_i is o(1)o(1)-close to fi′f_i'. Lemma 8.4 therefore makes each fibre homotopy equivalent to Tk\T ^k, and Lemma 8.2 makes it homeomorphic to Tk\T ^k.

Step 3: descend and identify the local models. The induced map F¯i\bar F_i is an o(1)o(1)-GH approximation. For the ball DD in the statement, choose a slightly larger Cw′C_{w'}-invariant normal ball D′⊃D¯D'\supset \bar D whose translates by C∖Cw′C\setminus C_{w'} are still disjoint. Lemma 8.5, with V=D′V=D', with χ\chi given by normal coordinates on D′D', and D1:=χ(D)D_1:=\chi (D), gives

F¯i−1(D/Cw′)≅(D×Tk)/Cw′,\bar F_i^{-1}(D/C_{w'})\cong (D\times \T ^k)/C_{w'},
with the stated actions and projection. Since w′w' was arbitrary, these are Seifert models at every point of XX. ∎

The final classification step is independent of the collapsing geometry, so we isolate it for both applications below.

Lemma 8.7 (Affine reduction at maximal first Betti number). Let p:E→Bp\colon E\to B be an affine Tk\T ^k-bundle of closed connected topological manifolds, with BB smooth, and suppose

b1(E)=b1(B)+k.b_1(E)=b_1(B)+k.
Then the linear monodromy is trivial and pp is a topological principal Tk\T ^k-bundle. Moreover, there are finite normal covers E~→E\widetilde E\to E and B~→B\widetilde B\to B, of the same index and with abelian deck groups, such that E~\widetilde E is homeomorphic to B~×Tk\widetilde B\times \T ^k.

Proof.Let ρ:π1(B)→GL(H1(Tk;Z))=GL(k,Z)\rho \colon \pi _1(B)\to GL(H_1(\T ^k;\Z ))=GL(k,\Z ) be the linear monodromy and put V:=H1(Tk;R)V:=H_1(\T ^k;\R ). The homology sequence with local coefficients contains

Vρ⟶H1(E;R)⟶H1(B;R)⟶0,Vρ:=V/⟨ρ(γ)v−v⟩.V_\rho \longrightarrow H_1(E;\R )\longrightarrow H_1(B;\R ) \longrightarrow 0, \qquad V_\rho :=V/\langle \rho (\gamma )v-v\rangle .
Hence b1(E)≤b1(B)+dim⁡Vρ≤b1(B)+kb_1(E)\le b_1(B)+\dim V_\rho \le b_1(B)+k. Equality makes V→VρV\to V_\rho an isomorphism, so ρ\rho is trivial. The structure group therefore reduces from Aff(Tk)\Aff (\T ^k) to its translation subgroup, and pp is principal. By [PWW26, Appendix A], it is topologically bundle-isomorphic to a smooth principal torus bundle. Applying [PWW26, Thm. 1.1] to that representative and transporting the result back to EE gives the asserted covers and product homeomorphism. ∎

We turn to the second projection.

Theorem 8.8 (Affine replacement and virtual product). Assume the hypotheses of this section, and retain the finite covers Xi′→XiX_i'\to X_i and W′→XW'\to X. For all large ii there are o(1)o(1)-GH approximations

Ai:Xi′⟶W′A_i\colon X_i'\longrightarrow W'
which are Tk\T ^k-bundles with structure group contained in
Aff(Tk)=Tk⋊GL(k,Z).\Aff (\T ^k)=\T ^k\rtimes GL(k,\Z ).
They satisfy the Betti equality (20). Consequently, there are finite covers
X~i⟶Xi,W~i⟶W′\widetilde X_i\longrightarrow X_i, \qquad \widetilde W_i\longrightarrow W'
such that X~i≅W~i×Tk\widetilde X_i\cong \widetilde W_i\times \T ^k homeomorphically. If XX is a closed Riemannian manifold, the affine bundle may instead be constructed directly on Xi→XX_i\to X, and W~i\widetilde W_i may be taken to be a finite cover of XX.

Proof.Step 1: bounded covering geometry and the affine bundle. Choose a fixed λ≥1\lambda \ge 1 such that, after replacing dd by dλ:=λdd^\lambda :=\lambda d, the Xi′X_i' are compact non-collapsed RCD(−(N−1),N)\RCD (-(N-1),N) spaces. Proposition 3.1 gives a uniform lower bound for the old unit balls in X^i\hat X_i. In the rescaled metric, Bdλ(x^,1)=Bd(x^,1/λ)B_{d^\lambda }(\hat x,1)=B_d(\hat x,1/\lambda ) and HdλN=λNHdN\mathcal H^N_{d^\lambda }=\lambda ^N\mathcal H^N_d. Bishop–Gromov therefore transfers the old lower bound to the rescaled radius-1/31/3 balls, with a factor depending only on N,K,N,K, and λ\lambda. Suppressing the superscript λ\lambda, we obtain v>0v>0 such that

(22)HN(B1/3(x^))≥v(x^∈X^i)\begin{equation}\label {eq:cover-volume} \mathcal H^N(B_{1/3}(\hat x))\ge v \qquad (\hat x\in \hat X_i) \end{equation}
for all large ii. Fix xi′∈Xi′x_i'\in X_i' and a lift x^i∈X^i\hat x_i\in \hat X_i. The universal cover of B1(xi′)B_1(x_i') maps by a covering local isometry onto the component through x^i\hat x_i of its preimage in X^i\hat X_i. Path lifting shows that, in this universal cover, the radius-1/31/3 ball about a point over x^i\hat x_i maps onto B1/3(x^i)B_{1/3}(\hat x_i). Since this map is 11-Lipschitz, (22) gives the same lower volume bound on the local universal cover. Thus Xi′X_i' has uniformly bounded covering geometry in the sense of [Wan24a, §1].

The affine fibration theorem [Wan24a, Thm. B and §6.4] now gives an o(1)o(1)-GH approximation Ai:Xi′→W′A_i\colon X_i'\to W' whose fibre is an infranilmanifold of dimension N−m=kN-m=k and whose structure group preserves its affine structure.1

Step 2: identify the affine fibre. Lemma 8.4, applied to the equivariant bundles FiF_i of Theorem 8.6, gives (20). Let PiP_i be the infranil fibre of AiA_i. The homology sequence of the bundle gives

k=b1(Xi′)−b1(W′)≤b1(Pi)≤dim⁡Pi=k.k=b_1(X_i')-b_1(W')\le b_1(P_i)\le \dim P_i=k.
Write Pi=Δi\NiP_i=\Delta _i\backslash \mathcal N_i, let ni\mathfrak n_i be the Lie algebra of Ni\mathcal N_i, and let Hi:=Δi/(Δi∩Ni)\mathcal H_i:=\Delta _i/(\Delta _i\cap \mathcal N_i) be the finite holonomy group. Transfer to the nilmanifold cover and Nomizu’s theorem [Nom54, Thm. 1] give
b1(Pi)=dim⁡(((ni/[ni,ni])∗)Hi).b_1(P_i)=\dim \Bigl ( ((\mathfrak n_i/[\mathfrak n_i,\mathfrak n_i])^*)^{\mathcal H_i} \Bigr ).
Equality with dim⁡Pi=k\dim P_i=k forces ni\mathfrak n_i to be abelian and the holonomy representation to be trivial. Thus PiP_i is an affine torus, and the structure group of AiA_i lies in Aff(Tk)\Aff (\T ^k).

Step 3: reduce to a principal bundle and pass to a product. Lemma 8.7, applied using (20), gives finite normal covers

X~i′⟶Xi′,W~i⟶W′\widetilde X_i'\longrightarrow X_i', \qquad \widetilde W_i\longrightarrow W'
of the same index and with abelian deck groups, and a homeomorphism X~i′≅W~i×Tk\widetilde X_i'\cong \widetilde W_i\times \T ^k. Composing the first cover with Xi′→XiX_i'\to X_i, and writing X~i:=X~i′\widetilde X_i:=\widetilde X_i', proves the asserted finite-product-cover conclusion. The composite cover of XiX_i need not be normal.

If XX is a closed Riemannian manifold, the same covering-geometry argument applies directly to Xi→XX_i\to X. Wang’s theorem gives an affine kk-dimensional infranil bundle over XX; write FF for its fibre. Exactness of H1(F)→H1(Xi)→H1(X)→0H_1(F)\to H_1(X_i)\to H_1(X)\to 0 and (∗)(\ast ) gives k≤b1(F)≤kk\le b_1(F)\le k. The preceding transfer argument therefore makes FF an affine torus. Thus the direct bundle is an affine Tk\T ^k-bundle with b1(Xi)−b1(X)=kb_1(X_i)-b_1(X)=k; in particular, its total space is a closed topological manifold. Lemma 8.7 gives the asserted finite product cover directly over XX. ∎

8.4. Proof of Theorem 1.2(v). The two preceding theorems supply the two global projections required in part (v). Under (R), we have P(R(Y))=XP(\mathcal R(Y))=X and therefore G=XG=X. If XX is a smooth closed orbifold, Theorem 8.6 gives the asserted global fibration; the local fibrations in part (iv) may therefore be chosen as its restrictions. Theorem 8.8 gives the separate affine replacement and finite product cover. If XX is a closed Riemannian manifold, every point of XX is regular. Lemma 3.3 then shows that every y∈Yy\in Y is regular and that Cy=1C_y=1. Thus (R) holds and every local group is trivial; the direct manifold-base assertion is the last part of Theorem 8.8. □

9.Manifold limits, examples, and the singular set

This section collects three consequences of the main construction: the manifold-limit corollary, examples showing the sharpness of the hypotheses, and a description of the singular set of XX.

Corollary 9.1 (Manifold limits). Let (Xi,di,mi)(X_i,d_i,\mathfrak m_i) be compact RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces converging in the measured Gromov–Hausdorff sense to a closed mm-dimensional Riemannian manifold XX, with b1(Xi)−b1(X)=N−mb_1(X_i)-b_1(X)=N-m for all ii. Then for large ii there are continuous ϵi\epsilon _i-GH approximations Xi→XX_i\to X, ϵi→0\epsilon _i\to 0, that are fibre bundles with fibre TN−m\T ^{N-m}. Moreover, for large ii there are finite covers X~i→Xi\widetilde X_i\to X_i and Bi→XB_i\to X such that

X~i≅Bi×TN−m\widetilde X_i\cong B_i\times \T ^{N-m}
homeomorphically. This confirms [ZZ26, Conj. 2.9] and gives its virtual-product refinement.

Proof.Let k:=N−mk:=N-m, which is an integer.

  • If k≥1k\ge 1 and N≥2N\ge 2, apply Theorem 1.2(v). Its subsequential formulation implies both full-sequence conclusions by the usual contradiction and sub-subsequence argument.
  • If k≥1k\ge 1 and N<2N<2, then (N,m)=(1,0)(N,m)=(1,0) and b1(Xi)=1b_1(X_i)=1. The classification of RCD∗(K,1)\RCD ^*(K,1) spaces in [BS10, Prop. 2.5] and [KL16] makes every compact such XiX_i a circle; the constant map to XX is the required T1\T ^1-bundle, already a product.
  • Let k=0k=0. For N=m=1N=m=1, rescaling arc length gives the claim. If N=m≥2N=m\ge 2, then (P1) and [BGHZ23] make (Xi,di,HN)(X_i,d_i,\mathcal H^N) non-collapsed for large ii. The collapsing alternative in [DPG18] would force dimH⁡X≤N−1\dim _{\mathcal H}X\le N-1, so volume convergence holds. The compact case of topological stability [KM21, Thm. 3.3] then directly gives bi-Hölder homeomorphisms Xi→XX_i\to X that are o(1)o(1)-GH approximations. In either case take the identity covers and use T0={∗}\T ^0=\{*\}.∎

The next three items locate the sharp points of the Main Theorem. The first shows that maximal drop, rather than collapse alone, is what detects a torus direction, and that exceptional fibres do occur. The second shows that maximal drop is also what forces dimH⁡X=m\dim _{\mathcal H}X=m. The third collects the remaining sharpness phenomena: bubbling, a non-open regular set, boundary points, sharpness of the codimension bound, and dependence on the subsequence.

Example 9.2 (The Klein bottle, collapsed in two ways). For a,b>0a,b>0 let Ka,b:=R2/⟨t,τ⟩K_{a,b}:=\R ^2/\langle t,\tau \rangle, where t(x,y)=(x+a,y)t(x,y)=(x+a,y) and τ(x,y)=(−x,y+b/2)\tau (x,y)=(-x,y+b/2). Since τtτ−1=t−1\tau t\tau ^{-1}=t^{-1},

H1(Ka,b;Z)=Z[τ]⊕Z2[t].H_1(K_{a,b};\Z )=\Z [\tau ]\oplus \Z _2[t].
There are two fibrations:
  • (x,y)↦ymodb/2(x,y)\mapsto y\bmod b/2 is a circle bundle over a circle, with fibre class [t][t] and reflection monodromy;
  • (x,y)↦d(x,aZ)(x,y)\mapsto d(x,a\Z ) is a Seifert fibration over [0,a/2][0,a/2], with generic fibre class 2[τ]2[\tau ] and two exceptional endpoint fibres.

Both collapses below have N=2N=2 and m=1m=1:

(A)
If a→0a\to 0 with bb fixed, the limit is a circle but the collapsing class [t][t] is torsion. Thus b1(Ka,b)−b1(S1)=0<N−mb_1(K_{a,b})-b_1(S^1)=0<N-m, and even the maximal abelian covers R/2aZ×R\R /2a\Z \times \R collapse.
(B)
If b→0b\to 0 with aa fixed, the free class [τ][\tau ] dies and the limit is X=[0,a/2]X=[0,a/2], so the drop is maximal. Here (R) holds and G=XG=X. The endpoints are mirror points with local group Z2\Z _2, and the exceptional fibres have Möbius-band neighbourhoods, locally modelled by ((−1,1)×T1)/Z2((-1,1)\times \T ^1)/\Z _2. In the notation of the construction, this case is completely explicit: Y=(R/2aZ)×RY=(\R /2a\Z )\times \R, Hi′=⟨τ2⟩H_i'=\langle \tau ^2\rangle, C≅Z22C\cong \Z _2^2, and Xi′=X^i/Hi′≅(R/2aZ)×(R/bZ)=W′×T1X_i'=\hat X_i/H_i'\cong (\R /2a\Z )\times (\R /b\Z )=W'\times \T ^1, the fourfold cover of Ka,bK_{a,b}.

Thus maximal Betti drop detects which homology class collapses. For the Klein bottle, maximal drop can occur only in the interval collapse: maximality forces m=1m=1 and b1(X)=0b_1(X)=0, while a compact one-dimensional RCD\RCD space with vanishing first Betti number is an interval [KL16].

Example 9.3 (The compact Pan–Wei double). Fix α>12\alpha >\frac 12, and choose the integer p≥2p\ge 2 sufficiently large as in Pan–Wei [PW22, Thm. A and Rem. 1.8]. Their quotient–collar–double construction produces closed (p+1)(p+1)-manifolds M^i\widehat M_i with uniform lower Ricci and upper diameter bounds, collapsing to a compact metric-measure space XαX_\alpha. Dai–Honda–Pan–Wei give an explicit model for the limit [DHPW23, §4.3 and Rem. 4.4]. Begin with the finite Grushin cylinder

Y~α=[0,3]×S1,ds2=dr2+h~(r)2dv2,h~(r)=r−2α(0<r≤1),\widetilde Y_\alpha =[0,3]\times S^1, \qquad ds^2=dr^2+\widetilde h(r)^2\,dv^2, \qquad \widetilde h(r)=r^{-2\alpha }\quad (0<r\le 1),
make h~\widetilde h constant near r=3r=3, and glue two copies along their smooth r=3r=3 ends. With its normalized limit measure, XαX_\alpha is an RCD(K,p+1)\RCD (K,p+1) space for some K<0K<0. Its rectifiable dimension is 22, whereas
dimH⁡Xα=1+2α>2.\dim _{\mathcal H}X_\alpha =1+2\alpha >2.
In particular, its Hausdorff dimension can be non-integral.

The topology makes the Betti-number comparison equally transparent. Before truncation, the cyclic quotient is diffeomorphic to Rp×S1\R ^p\times S^1. The bounded radial core used in the construction is therefore Dp×S1D^p\times S^1, and the collar modification that makes its boundary totally geodesic does not change its diffeomorphism type. Doubling along Sp−1×S1S^{p-1}\times S^1 gives

M^i≅(Dp∪Sp−1Dp)×S1≅Sp×S1,b1(M^i)=1.\widehat M_i\cong (D^p\cup _{S^{p-1}}D^p)\times S^1\cong S^p\times S^1, \qquad b_1(\widehat M_i)=1.
Likewise, gluing two copies of [0,3]×S1[0,3]\times S^1 along their r=3r=3 boundary circles gives a space homeomorphic to the annulus [0,1]×S1[0,1]\times S^1; its two boundary circles are the singular r=0r=0 ends. Therefore
b1(Xα)=1,b1(M^i)−b1(Xα)=0.b_1(X_\alpha )=1, \qquad b_1(\widehat M_i)-b_1(X_\alpha )=0.
Here “boundary” means topological boundary. Since N=p+1N=p+1 and the rectifiable dimension is m=2m=2, maximal drop would require N−m=p−1>0N-m=p-1>0. The example therefore lies outside the equality case of the Main Theorem. It shows that maximal Betti drop is essential for the conclusion dimH⁡X=m\dim _{\mathcal H}X=m, even when every approximating space is a closed smooth manifold.

Remark 9.4 (Examples and sharpness).

  • Bubbling. For Xi=T1/ik×K3iX_i=\T ^k_{1/i}\times \mathrm {K3}_i, where the Kummer metrics on K3i\mathrm {K3}_i converge without collapsing to T4/{±1}\T ^4/\{\pm 1\}, we have Y=Rk×T4/{±1}Y=\R ^k\times \T ^4/\{\pm 1\}, while GG omits the 1616 singular points. Part (iv) makes no assertion there.
  • R(Y)\mathcal R(Y) need not be open. If Σ⊂R3\Sigma \subset \R ^3 is a convex surface whose vertices accumulate at a smooth point and Xi=T1/ik×ΣX_i=\T ^k_{1/i}\times \Sigma, then Y=Rk×ΣY=\R ^k\times \Sigma and its regular set is not open.
  • Boundary and mirrors. The flat cylinders Xi=[0,1]×S1/i1X_i=[0,1]\times S^1_{1/i} have the same limit as collapse (B) of Example 9.2, but for the cylinders G=(0,1)G=(0,1), whereas for the Klein bottles G=XG=X and the endpoints are mirror points. Thus GG is not determined by XX, and the boundary hypothesis in part (iii) is necessary: a model (D×Tk)/C1(D\times \T ^k)/C_1 has no boundary, while the endpoint fibres of the cylinders lie in ∂Xi\partial X_i.
  • Codimension two. For m≥2m\ge 2, let Σ\Sigma be the boundary of a regular tetrahedron and Xi:=T1/ik×Σ×Tm−2X_i:=\T ^k_{1/i}\times \Sigma \times \T ^{m-2}. Then X∖GX\setminus G is the four cone points times Tm−2\T ^{m-2}, so the estimate in part (iii) is sharp. Yet XiX_i is a trivial torus bundle over XX: the complement of GG records where this method stops, not necessarily where every fibration fails.
  • Dependence on the subsequence. Use the bubbling sequence in the first bullet, with index jj, as the even terms, and let

    X2j+1:=(T4×T1/jk)/Z2,(x,y)⟼(−x,y+e1/2j),X_{2j+1}:=(\T ^4\times \T ^k_{1/j})/\Z _2, \qquad (x,y)\longmapsto (-x,y+e_1/2j),
    where T1/jk:=Rk/j−1Zk\T ^k_{1/j}:=\R ^k/j^{-1}\Z ^k. The sequence satisfies (∗)(\ast ) with Q:=T4/{±1}Q:=\T ^4/\{\pm 1\}. Along the odd terms (R) holds and G=QG=Q; along the even terms G≠QG\ne Q, and no even term is a Seifert Tk\T ^k-fibration over the effective orbifold QQ with the prescribed orbifold local groups in the sense of (v). Indeed, if QregQ_{\rm reg} denotes the complement of its 1616 orbifold points, then
    R4∖12Z4⟶Qreg\R ^4\setminus \tfrac 12\Z ^4\longrightarrow Q_{\rm reg}
    is the universal cover and π1(Qreg)=Z4⋊−1Z2\pi _1(Q_{\rm reg})=\Z ^4\rtimes _{-1}\Z _2, which is non-abelian. Removing the corresponding codimension-44 fibre preimages from an even total space does not change its fundamental group, by general position. A bundle over QregQ_{\rm reg} would therefore make the non-abelian group π1(Qreg)\pi _1(Q_{\rm reg}) a quotient of the abelian group π1(X2j)=Zk\pi _1(X_{2j})=\Z ^k, a contradiction.

Part (iii) of the Main Theorem bounds X∖GX\setminus G, the set not reached by our charts. This is not the same as the singular set of XX, because GG may itself contain orbifold points.

Proposition 9.5 (The singular set of XX). Assume (∗)(\ast ).

(a)
The singular set of XX is the disjoint union of P(S(Y))P(\mathcal S(Y)) and the set OO of points x∈P(R(Y))x\in P(\mathcal R(Y)) with Cx≠1C_x\ne 1. Moreover O=⋃c∈C∖1P(FixY(c)∩R(Y))O=\bigcup _{c\in C\setminus 1}P(\mathrm {Fix}_Y(c)\cap \mathcal R(Y)).
(b)
dimH⁡O≤m−1\dim _{\mathcal H}O\le m-1, and this is sharp in the presence of mirror points.

Proof.(a) The regular set R(Y)\mathcal R(Y) is HH-invariant. Hence P(R(Y))P(\mathcal R(Y)) and P(S(Y))P(\mathcal S(Y)) are disjoint and together cover XX.

  • If xx is regular, the points over it are regular (Lemma 3.3), and Cx=1C_x=1 (Theorem 1.2(ii)).
  • Conversely, let x∈P(R(Y))x\in P(\mathcal R(Y)) with Cx=1C_x=1, and let w∈Ww\in W lie over xx. Then Γw≅Cx\Gamma _w\cong C_x is trivial, so XX is isometric to WW near xx (Theorem 1.2(i)). Its tangent cones at xx are therefore Rm\R ^m (Proposition 4.7(a)), so xx is regular.
  • For y∈R(Y)y\in \mathcal R(Y) over xx, Cx≅Cy=StabH(y)C_x\cong C_y=\Stab _H(y). This is a finite subgroup of H≅Rk×Zb×CH\cong \R ^k\times \Z ^b\times C, so it lies in CC. Hence Cx≠1C_x\ne 1 if and only if y∈FixY(c)y\in \mathrm {Fix}_Y(c) for some c∈C∖1c\in C\setminus 1.

(b) Fix c∈C∖1c\in C\setminus 1, and put S:=FixY(c)∩R(Y)S:=\mathrm {Fix}_Y(c)\cap \mathcal R(Y). This set is H0H_0-invariant, since HH is abelian. If SS is non-empty, then m≥1m\ge 1: at a point z∈Sz\in S, Proposition 4.7(b) gives the faithful transverse representation ρz\rho _z, so ρz(c)≠1\rho _z(c)\ne 1.

Fix ϵ>0\epsilon >0 and apply Proposition 5.2 at z∈Sz\in S. In its full chart Υz=(ζ′,ψ^)\Upsilon _z=(\zeta ',\hat \psi ), equivariance of ψ^\hat \psi gives

Υz(S∩B(z,r))⊂Rk×Fixρz(c).\Upsilon _z(S\cap B(z,r)) \subset \R ^k\times \mathrm {Fix}\,\rho _z(c).
Faithfulness implies dim⁡Fixρz(c)≤m−1\dim \mathrm {Fix}\,\rho _z(c)\le m-1, so the space on the right has dimension at most N−1N-1. The lower estimate in Proposition 5.2(c) says that Υz−1\Upsilon _z^{-1} is locally 1/(1+Φ)1/(1+\Phi )-Hölder. Therefore
dimH⁡(S∩B(z,r))≤(1+Φ(ϵ|N))(N−1).\dim _{\mathcal H}(S\cap B(z,r)) \le (1+\Phi (\epsilon |N))(N-1).
Separability gives a countable cover of SS by these chart balls. Letting ϵ↓0\epsilon \downarrow 0 yields dimH⁡S≤N−1\dim _{\mathcal H}S\le N-1. Hence HN−1+η(S)=0\mathcal H^{N-1+\eta }(S)=0 for every η>0\eta >0, and Lemma 5.3(b) gives dimH⁡P(S)≤N−1−k=m−1\dim _{\mathcal H}P(S)\le N-1-k=m-1. The finite union over c∈C∖1c\in C\setminus 1 proves the assertion for OO. Mirror points in Example 9.2 show sharpness. ∎

AI-use disclosure. The authors used Anthropic Claude Code and OpenAI Codex as interactive research and writing tools. They assisted with exploratory discussion, testing and refinement of ideas, literature and source organization, code development and verification, mathematical error checking, and editorial revision.

Appendix A.Lifting homeomorphisms of abelian orbifold quotients

This appendix proves the lifting lemma used in Step 3 of Proposition 8.1. The proof separates the two kinds of isotropy. We first pass to a chamber of the reflection subgroup; there, all remaining branching has codimension at least two and can be handled by covering-space theory. We then use the basic construction to restore the reflections.

Lemma A.1 (Lifting). Let G⊂O(m)G\subset O(m) be finite abelian and π:Rm→O=Rm/G\pi \colon \R ^m\to \mathcal O=\R ^m/G. Let σ:N1→N2\sigma \colon N_1\to N_2 be a homeomorphism fixing π(0)\pi (0), where N1=π(S1)N_1=\pi (S_1) and S1⊂RmS_1\subset \R ^m is open, GG-invariant, and star-shaped about 00, while N2N_2 is open. Assume that σ\sigma preserves isotropy type: corresponding stabilizers have equal orders and equal-dimensional fixed spaces. Then σ\sigma lifts to a homeomorphism σ~:π−1N1→π−1N2\tilde \sigma \colon \pi ^{-1}N_1\to \pi ^{-1}N_2 satisfying πσ~=σπ\pi \tilde \sigma =\sigma \pi.

Remark A.2 (Non-abelian groups).For general finite groups, preserving only the codimension-≤2\le 2 labels is insufficient. Let the binary icosahedral group I∗⊂SU(2)I^*\subset SU(2) act on R4⊕R2\R ^4\oplus \R ^2. The double suspension theorem gives R6/I∗≅R6\R ^6/I^*\cong \R ^6. Consequently, some homeomorphism of the quotient sends a codimension-44 singular point to a regular point; such a homeomorphism cannot lift.

Proof.Let WG⊲GW_G\lhd G be the reflection subgroup and C\mathcal C a closed chamber. Its commuting reflections have orthogonal normal lines, so WG≅Z2rW_G\cong \Z _2^r, the chambers are orthants, and WGW_G acts simply transitively on them [Dav08, Thm. 6.6.3]. Hence

G=WG×GC,GC:=StabG(C).G=W_G\times G_{\mathcal C},\qquad G_{\mathcal C}:=\Stab _G(\mathcal C).
If sjs_j is a wall reflection and njn_j is the inward unit normal of its wall, every h∈GCh\in G_{\mathcal C} commutes with sjs_j and preserves the chamber, so hnj=njhn_j=n_j. Consequently no non-trivial element of GCG_{\mathcal C} fixes a wall pointwise. The strict fundamental-domain property of C\mathcal C, together with the product decomposition above, gives
O=Rm/G≅C/GC.\mathcal O=\R ^m/G\cong \mathcal C/G_{\mathcal C}.
In particular, for x∈Cx\in \mathcal C,
(23)Gx=(WG)x×(GC)x.\begin{equation}\label {eq:stab-split} G_x=(W_G)_x\times (G_{\mathcal C})_x . \end{equation}
All branching of C→O\mathcal C\to \mathcal O therefore has codimension at least 22.

Away from the higher strata. Remove the cone strata and all strata of codimension at least 33 from O\mathcal O, obtaining O″\mathcal O'', and let C″\mathcal C'' be its preimage. For a=1,2a=1,2, put Ca:=πC−1(Na)\mathcal C_a:=\pi _{\mathcal C}^{-1}(N_a), Na″:=Na∩O″N_a'':=N_a\cap \mathcal O'', and Ca″:=C″∩Ca\mathcal C_a'':=\mathcal C''\cap \mathcal C_a. Both Ca″\mathcal C_a'' are connected, although N2N_2 need not be star-shaped.

  • Ca\mathcal C_a is connected: πC\pi _{\mathcal C} is open and closed, Ca\mathcal C_a is locally connected, and every component maps onto the connected NaN_a and therefore contains the unique point over π(0)\pi (0).
  • The removed set is the trace of finitely many linear subspaces of codimension at least 22. A path between points of Ca″\mathcal C_a'' can be pushed into the chamber interior and put in general position, so its complement remains connected.

The hypotheses imply σ(N1″)=N2″\sigma (N_1'')=N_2''. In particular, the mirror locus is preserved because an order-22 element with codimension-one fixed space is a reflection; only the mirror closure distinguishes an order-44 cone point from a Z22\Z _2^2 corner. Points of C″\mathcal C'' have reflection-generated stabilizers, so (23) makes Ca″→Na″\mathcal C_a''\to N_a'' a connected regular GCG_{\mathcal C}-cover.

To identify its kernel, note that C1=S1∩C\mathcal C_1=S_1\cap \mathcal C is star-shaped and removing codimension-≥3\ge 3 strata does not change its π1\pi _1. We claim that

(24)ker⁡(π1(N1″)⟶GC)=⟨⟨γSmS:S a cone stratum⟩⟩.\begin{equation}\label {eq:orb-kernel} \ker \bigl (\pi _1(N_1'')\longrightarrow G_{\mathcal C}\bigr ) =\left \langle \!\left \langle \gamma _S^{m_S}:S\text { a cone stratum}\right \rangle \!\right \rangle . \end{equation}
Indeed, π1(C1″)\pi _1(\mathcal C_1'') is normally generated by meridians of the removed codimension-two branch components; their projections are conjugates of γSmS\gamma _S^{m_S}. This proves that the covering kernel is contained in the right side of (24). Conversely, each γSmS\gamma _S^{m_S} lifts to a closed meridian in C1″\mathcal C_1'', and the covering kernel is normal, so the displayed normal closure is contained in the kernel. Since σ\sigma preserves cone strata and their orders, it takes each local meridian γS\gamma _S to a conjugate of γσ(S)±1\gamma _{\sigma (S)}^{\pm 1}. Thus σ∗\sigma _* maps the kernel in (24) into the corresponding kernel over N2″N_2''. Both have index |GC||G_{\mathcal C}|, so they are equal. The lifting criterion gives σC:C1″→C2″\sigma _{\mathcal C}\colon \mathcal C_1''\to \mathcal C_2'' with πCσC=σπC\pi _{\mathcal C}\sigma _{\mathcal C}=\sigma \pi _{\mathcal C}, and an automorphism β∈Aut⁡(GC)\beta \in \operatorname {Aut}(G_{\mathcal C}) such that σC(gx)=β(g)σC(x)\sigma _{\mathcal C}(gx)=\beta (g)\sigma _{\mathcal C}(x).

Extension and local monodromy. Fix x∈C1∖C1″x\in \mathcal C_1\setminus \mathcal C_1'', and choose nested (GC)x(G_{\mathcal C})_x-invariant balls Bν↓{x}B_\nu \downarrow \{x\} whose other translates are disjoint. The complement of the removed codimension-≥2\ge 2 strata in Bν∩CB_\nu \cap \mathcal C is path connected. Hence σC(Bν∩C1″)\sigma _{\mathcal C}(B_\nu \cap \mathcal C_1'') lies in one component of πC−1(σπC(Bν∩C))\pi _{\mathcal C}^{-1}(\sigma \pi _{\mathcal C}(B_\nu \cap \mathcal C)). The closures of these nested components shrink to one point x′x'; define σC(x):=x′\sigma _{\mathcal C}(x):=x'. This description shows that x′x' does not depend on the chosen balls, and that the resulting extension is continuous and unique.

The construction also supplies the required compatibility of the isotropy groups. If h∈(GC)xh\in (G_{\mathcal C})_x and xj∈C1″x_j\in \mathcal C_1'' tends to xx, equivariance gives

β(h)σC(xj)=σC(hxj)⟶x′,\beta (h)\sigma _{\mathcal C}(x_j)=\sigma _{\mathcal C}(hx_j)\longrightarrow x',
so β((GC)x)≤(GC)x′\beta ((G_{\mathcal C})_x)\le (G_{\mathcal C})_{x'}. The same construction extends the inverse lift, with deck automorphism β−1\beta ^{-1}. Uniqueness makes the extensions inverse everywhere, and the reverse limit argument gives the opposite inclusion. Thus β((GC)x)=(GC)x′\beta ((G_{\mathcal C})_x)=(G_{\mathcal C})_{x'} at every removed stratum, and σC:C1→C2\sigma _{\mathcal C}\colon \mathcal C_1\to \mathcal C_2 is a homeomorphism.

Lift to Rm\R ^m. Let s1,…,srs_1,\dots ,s_r be the reflections of GG, Hj:=Fix(sj)H_j:=\mathrm {Fix}(s_j), njn_j the inner unit normal of C\mathcal C along HjH_j, and Mj⊂CM_j\subset \mathcal C the set of points with stabilizer exactly ⟨sj⟩\langle s_j\rangle. The mirror locus of O\mathcal O is the image of M:=⨆jMjM:=\bigsqcup _jM_j. If 1≠h∈GC1\ne h\in G_{\mathcal C}, then hnj=njhn_j=n_j, so Fix(h)=Rnj⊕(Fix(h)∩Hj)\mathrm {Fix}(h)=\R n_j\oplus (\mathrm {Fix}(h)\cap H_j) and the second factor has codimension at least 22 in HjH_j. By (23), Mj∩C1M_j\cap \mathcal C_1 is a relative face interior minus finitely many codimension-≥2\ge 2 subspaces; star-shapedness makes it connected and accumulating at 00. Since σ\sigma preserves mirrors, connectedness gives an index τ(j)\tau (j) such that σC(Mj∩C1)⊂Mτ(j)∩C2\sigma _{\mathcal C}(M_j\cap \mathcal C_1)\subset M_{\tau (j)}\cap \mathcal C_2. Near 00, the sets MjM_j are precisely the rr local branches of the mirror locus away from their codimension-two intersections. The homeomorphism σC\sigma _{\mathcal C} fixes 00 and therefore induces a bijection of these germs. Thus j↦τ(j)j\mapsto \tau (j) is onto, hence is a permutation. Surjectivity of σC\sigma _{\mathcal C} and preservation of the exact mirror strata then upgrade the inclusion to σC(Mj∩C1)=Mτ(j)∩C2\sigma _{\mathcal C}(M_j\cap \mathcal C_1)=M_{\tau (j)}\cap \mathcal C_2. Density in the face gives x∈Hjx\in H_j if and only if σC(x)∈Hτ(j)\sigma _{\mathcal C}(x)\in H_{\tau (j)} for x∈C1x\in \mathcal C_1.

Let α\alpha be the automorphism of WG≅Z2rW_G\cong \Z _2^r defined by α(sj)=sτ(j)\alpha (s_j)=s_{\tau (j)}. For x∈Cx\in \mathcal C, we have (WG)x=⟨sj:x∈Hj⟩(W_G)_x=\langle s_j:x\in H_j\rangle [Dav08, Lemma 6.6.8]. Therefore α((WG)x)=(WG)σCx\alpha ((W_G)_x)=(W_G)_{\sigma _{\mathcal C}x} for all x∈C1x\in \mathcal C_1. This is the second place at which star-shapedness of N1N_1 is essential, after the kernel calculation above: in a general neighbourhood, one wall of C1\mathcal C_1 could meet ∂C\partial \mathcal C in several pieces, and σC\sigma _{\mathcal C} could send those pieces to different walls. Since the chambers are orthants, Rm\R ^m is the basic construction WG×C/∼W_G\times \mathcal C/\!\sim (cf. [Dav08, Thm. 6.6.3]). The formula

σ~[w,x]:=[α(w),σC(x)]\tilde \sigma [w,x]:=[\alpha (w),\sigma _{\mathcal C}(x)]
therefore defines a well-defined homeomorphism covering σ\sigma. ∎

Notes

  1. This invocation includes the affine gluing conclusion of [Wan24a, §6.4]: that section proves base-point independence of the nilpotent structure and refers the final reduction of the structure group to the gluing arguments of Cheeger–Fukaya–Gromov and Rong. We use that affine structure-group conclusion as part of the cited input. ↩

References

[AH18] Luigi Ambrosio and Shouhei Honda, Local spectral convergence in RCD∗(K,N)\RCD ^*(K,N) spaces, Nonlinear Anal. 177 (2018), 1–23.  doi:10.1016/j.na.2017.04.003.

[BGHZ23] Camillo Brena, Nicola Gigli, Shouhei Honda, and Xingyu Zhu, Weakly non-collapsed RCD spaces are strongly non-collapsed, J. Reine Angew. Math. 794 (2023), 215–252.  doi:10.1515/crelle-2022-0071.

[BNS22] Elia Bruè, Aaron Naber, and Daniele Semola, Boundary regularity and stability for spaces with Ricci bounded below, Invent. Math. 228 (2022), 777–891.  doi:10.1007/s00222-021-01092-8.

[Boc46] Salomon Bochner, Vector fields and Ricci curvature, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1946), 776–797.  doi:10.1090/S0002-9904-1946-08647-4.

[BS10] Kathrin Bacher and Karl-Theodor Sturm, Localization and tensorization properties of the curvature-dimension condition for metric measure spaces, J. Funct. Anal. 259 (2010), 28–56.  doi:10.1016/j.jfa.2010.03.024.

[BS20] Elia Bruè and Daniele Semola, Constancy of the dimension for RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces via regularity of Lagrangian flows, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 73 (2020), 1141–1204.  doi:10.1002/cpa.21849.

[CC97] Jeff Cheeger and Tobias Holck Colding, On the structure of spaces with Ricci curvature bounded below. I, J. Differential Geom. 46 (1997), 406–480.  doi:10.4310/jdg/1214459974.

[CM21] Fabio Cavalletti and Emanuel Milman, The globalization theorem for the curvature-dimension condition, Invent. Math. 226 (2021), 1–137.  doi:10.1007/s00222-021-01040-6.

[Col97] Tobias Holck Colding, Ricci curvature and volume convergence, Ann. of Math. (2) 145 (1997), 477–501.  doi:10.2307/2951841.

[Dav08] Michael W. Davis, The Geometry and Topology of Coxeter Groups, London Math. Soc. Monogr. Ser., vol. 32, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ, 2008.

[Den25] Qin Deng, Hölder continuity of tangent cones in RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces and applications to nonbranching, Geom. Topol. 29 (2025), 1037–1114.  doi:10.2140/gt.2025.29.1037.

[DHPW23] Xianzhe Dai, Shouhei Honda, Jiayin Pan, and Guofang Wei, Singular Weyl’s law with Ricci curvature bounded below, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. Ser. B 10 (2023), 1212–1253.  doi:10.1090/btran/160. Numbering as in arXiv:2208.13962.

[DPG18] Guido De Philippis and Nicola Gigli, Non-collapsed spaces with Ricci curvature bounded from below, J. Éc. polytech. Math. 5 (2018), 613–650.  doi:10.5802/jep.80.

[EH21] Behnam Esmayli and Piotr Hajłasz, The coarea inequality, Ann. Fenn. Math. 46 (2021), 965–991.  doi:10.5186/aasfm.2021.4654.

[Fed69] Herbert Federer, Geometric Measure Theory, Grundlehren Math. Wiss., vol. 153, Springer, New York, 1969.

[FQ90] Michael H. Freedman and Frank Quinn, Topology of 44-Manifolds, Princeton Math. Ser., vol. 39, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ, 1990.

[Fuk87] Kenji Fukaya, Collapsing Riemannian manifolds to ones of lower dimensions, J. Differential Geom. 25 (1987), 139–156.  doi:10.4310/jdg/1214440728.

[FY92] Kenji Fukaya and Takao Yamaguchi, The fundamental groups of almost non-negatively curved manifolds, Ann. of Math. (2) 136 (1992), 253–333.  doi:10.2307/2946606.

[Gig15] Nicola Gigli, On the differential structure of metric measure spaces and applications, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 236 (2015), no. 1113.  doi:10.1090/memo/1113. Numbering as in arXiv:1205.6622.

[Gig26] Nicola Gigli, The splitting theorem in non-smooth context, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 317 (2026), no. 1609. doi:10.1090/memo/1609. Numbering as in arXiv:1302.5555.

[GMS15] Nicola Gigli, Andrea Mondino, and Giuseppe Savaré, Convergence of pointed non-compact metric measure spaces and stability of Ricci curvature bounds and heat flows, Proc. Lond. Math. Soc. (3) 111 (2015), 1071–1129.  doi:10.1112/plms/pdv047.

[Gro81] Mikhael Gromov, Structures métriques pour les variétés riemanniennes, Textes Math. vol. 1, CEDIC, Paris, 1981. Edited by J. Lafontaine and P. Pansu.

[GSR19] Luis Guijarro and Jaime Santos-Rodríguez, On the isometry group of RCD∗(K,N)\RCD ^*(K,N)-spaces, Manuscripta Math. 158 (2019), 441–461.  doi:10.1007/s00229-018-1010-7.

[HHWZ26] Hongzhi Huang, Xian-Tao Huang, Jikang Wang, and Xingyu Zhu, Fibrations, the first Betti number, and almost nonnegative Ricci curvature, preprint (2026), arXiv:2605.24380v1 (23 May 2026). All numbered references to this work are to that version.

[HK00] Piotr Hajłasz and Pekka Koskela, Sobolev met Poincaré, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 145 (2000), no. 688.  doi:10.1090/memo/0688.

[HR63] Edwin Hewitt and Kenneth A. Ross, Abstract Harmonic Analysis. Vol. I, Grundlehren Math. Wiss., vol. 115, Springer, Berlin, 1963.

[HRW20] Shaosai Huang, Xiaochun Rong, and Bing Wang, Collapsing geometry with Ricci curvature bounded below and Ricci flow smoothing, SIGMA Symmetry Integrability Geom. Methods Appl. 16 (2020), Paper No. 123, 25 pp.  doi:10.3842/SIGMA.2020.123.

[HW22] Shaosai Huang and Bing Wang, Ricci flow smoothing for locally collapsing manifolds, Calc. Var. Partial Differential Equations 61 (2022), no. 2, Paper No. 64, 32 pp.  doi:10.1007/s00526-021-02176-2.

[HW26] Shaosai Huang and Bing Wang, Rigidity of the first Betti number via Ricci flow smoothing, Sci. China Math. 69 (2026), no. 9, 2395–2428. doi:10.1007/s11425-025-2495-y. Preprint: arXiv:2004.09762 (2020).

[HW41] Witold Hurewicz and Henry Wallman, Dimension Theory, Princeton Math. Ser., vol. 4, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ, 1941.

[HW69] Wu-Chung Hsiang and Charles Terence Clegg Wall, On homotopy tori. II, Bull. London Math. Soc. 1 (1969), 341–342.  doi:10.1112/blms/1.3.341.

[Ill83] Sören Illman, The equivariant triangulation theorem for actions of compact Lie groups, Math. Ann. 262 (1983), 487–501.  doi:10.1007/bf01456063.

[Jia14] Renjin Jiang, Cheeger-harmonic functions in metric measure spaces revisited, J. Funct. Anal. 266 (2014), 1373–1394.  doi:10.1016/j.jfa.2013.11.022.

[Kit19] Yu Kitabeppu, A sufficient condition to a regular set being of positive measure on RCD spaces, Potential Anal. 51 (2019), 179–196.  doi:10.1007/s11118-018-9708-4.

[KL16] Yu Kitabeppu and Sajjad Lakzian, Characterization of low dimensional RCD∗(K,N)\RCD ^*(K,N) spaces, Anal. Geom. Metr. Spaces 4 (2016), 187–215.  doi:10.1515/agms-2016-0007.

[KM21] Vitali Kapovitch and Andrea Mondino, On the topology and the boundary of NN-dimensional RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces, Geom. Topol. 25 (2021), 445–495.  doi:10.2140/gt.2021.25.445.

[KS00] David Kinderlehrer and Guido Stampacchia, An Introduction to Variational Inequalities and Their Applications, Classics Appl. Math., vol. 31, SIAM, Philadelphia, PA, 2000.

[KS77] Robion C. Kirby and Laurence C. Siebenmann, Foundational Essays on Topological Manifolds, Smoothings, and Triangulations, Ann. of Math. Stud., vol. 88, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ, 1977.

[Lan20] Christian Lange, Orbifolds from a metric viewpoint, Geom. Dedicata 209 (2020), 43–57.  doi:10.1007/s10711-020-00521-x.

[Li24] Zhenhao Li, The globalization theorem for CD(K,N)\mathrm {CD}(K,N) on locally finite spaces, Ann. Mat. Pura Appl. (4) 203 (2024), 49–70.  doi:10.1007/s10231-023-01352-9.

[MMP22] Ilaria Mondello, Andrea Mondino, and Raquel Perales, An upper bound on the revised first Betti number and a torus stability result for RCD spaces, Comment. Math. Helv. 97 (2022), 555–609.  doi:10.4171/cmh/540.

[MN19] Andrea Mondino and Aaron Naber, Structure theory of metric measure spaces with lower Ricci curvature bounds, J. Eur. Math. Soc. (JEMS) 21 (2019), 1809–1854.  doi:10.4171/jems/874.

[Moi52] Edwin E. Moise, Affine structures in 33-manifolds. V. The triangulation theorem and Hauptvermutung, Ann. of Math. (2) 56 (1952), 96–114.  doi:10.2307/1969769.

[Nom54] Katsumi Nomizu, On the cohomology of compact homogeneous spaces of nilpotent Lie groups, Ann. of Math. (2) 59 (1954), 531–538.  doi:10.2307/1969706.

[Per02] Grisha Perelman, The entropy formula for the Ricci flow and its geometric applications, preprint (2002), arXiv:math/0211159.

[Per03a] Grisha Perelman, Ricci flow with surgery on three-manifolds, preprint (2003), arXiv:math/0303109.

[Per03b] Grisha Perelman, Finite extinction time for the solutions to the Ricci flow on certain three-manifolds, preprint (2003), arXiv:math/0307245.

[PW22] Jiayin Pan and Guofang Wei, Examples of Ricci limit spaces with non-integer Hausdorff dimension, Geom. Funct. Anal. 32 (2022), 676–685.  doi:10.1007/s00039-022-00598-4. Numbering as in arXiv:2106.03967.

[PWW26] Xin Peng, Bing Wang, and Zhenjian Wang, Structure of torus fibration under the first Betti number restriction, preprint (2026), arXiv:2605.11552.

[Raj12] Tapio Rajala, Local Poincaré inequalities from stable curvature conditions on metric spaces, Calc. Var. Partial Differential Equations 44 (2012), 477–494.  doi:10.1007/s00526-011-0442-7.

[Sos18] Gerardo Sosa, The isometry group of an RCD∗\RCD ^* space is Lie, Potential Anal. 49 (2018), 267–286.  doi:10.1007/s11118-017-9656-4.

[SRZ23] Jaime Santos-Rodríguez and Sergio Zamora-Barrera, On fundamental groups of RCD spaces, J. Reine Angew. Math. 799 (2023), 249–286. doi:10.1515/crelle-2023-0027. Numbering as in arXiv:2210.07275.

[Swa02] Edward Swartz, Matroids and quotients of spheres, Math. Z. 241 (2002), 247–269.  doi:10.1007/s002090200414.

[Szp37] Edward Szpilrajn, La dimension et la mesure, Fund. Math. 28 (1937), 81–89.  doi:10.4064/fm-28-1-81-89.

[Wal68] Friedhelm Waldhausen, On irreducible 33-manifolds which are sufficiently large, Ann. of Math. (2) 87 (1968), 56–88.  doi:10.2307/1970594.

[Wan23] Jikang Wang, On the limit of simply connected manifolds with discrete isometric cocompact group actions, preprint (2023), arXiv:2307.07658.

[Wan24a] Jikang Wang, On the non-collapsed RCD spaces with local bounded covering geometry, preprint (2024), arXiv:2412.06131.

[Wan24b] Jikang Wang, RCD∗(K,N)\RCD ^*(K,N) spaces are semi-locally simply connected, J. Reine Angew. Math. 806 (2024), 1–7.  doi:10.1515/crelle-2023-0058.

[ZZ26] Sergio Zamora and Xingyu Zhu, Topological rigidity of small RCD(K,N)\RCD (K,N) spaces with maximal rank, Nonlinear Anal. 267 (2026), Paper No. 114046. doi:10.1016/j.na.2025.114046. Numbering as in arXiv:2406.10189.

How to cite

Shaosai Huang and Xin Peng (2026). Maximal first Betti number drop and collapsing RCD spaces. Working paper, version of September 2026. Kspectra Research. arXiv:2609.30153. https://kspectra.ai/papers/maximal-betti-drop-collapsing-rcd/

@misc{huang2026maximal,
  author        = {Huang, Shaosai and Peng, Xin},
  title         = {{Maximal first Betti number drop and collapsing RCD spaces}},
  year          = {2026},
  month         = sep,
  note          = {Working paper, version of September 2026},
  eprint        = {2609.30153},
  archiveprefix = {arXiv},
  url           = {https://kspectra.ai/papers/maximal-betti-drop-collapsing-rcd/}
}

For AI tools and text processing, the full paper is also available as Markdown with LaTeX formulas.